{"title":"Rent","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"life-fitness-clst-integrity-series","title":"Life Fitness CLST Rental. The Treadmill Real Gyms Run","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLife Fitness Integrity Series CLST Treadmill Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Life Fitness Integrity Series CLST, the treadmill that hotel gyms and health clubs run for 12 hours a day, year after year. It is the toughest treadmill we rent, with a 4 HP continuous-duty motor, a 51cm x 152cm running surface and the patented FlexDeck shock absorption system that protects knees and hips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLife Fitness has been the default choice of serious facilities for decades. This is that machine, in your home, without the membership or the commute.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou already know how this treadmill feels, because you have almost certainly run on one. That smooth, quiet, planted feel that no home-store machine quite matches. Now it is 10 steps from your coffee machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHere is a closer look at the Integrity Series from Life Fitness:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/oxX91lxg1Ok\" title=\"Life Fitness Integrity Series Treadmill\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- FlexDeck shock absorption: measurably easier on joints, which you feel most on longer runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 4 HP continuous-duty motor: silent, unstrained and instant at every speed up to 23 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial build: engineered for constant club use, so home mileage is effortless for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Simple console: speed, incline, go. The running experience is the point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 181 kg user weight rating: complete stability for every member of the household.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CLST suits people who trained for years in good gyms and want that standard at home. It is the difference between tolerating a treadmill and enjoying one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt handles unlimited household use. Two runners and a walker can put serious daily hours on it and it will not care. That is what it was built for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial quality without the commercial price tag or commitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for villas, family homes and serious daily training.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Talk to us about purchase later if it becomes permanent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Life Fitness CLST rents for 997 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCommercial treadmills are heavy and need a sensible access route. WhatsApp me a photo of the space and the way in, and I will confirm the fit before anything is booked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Life Fitness Integrity Series CLST\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Motor: 4 HP continuous-duty AC\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Speed: 0.5 to 23 km\/h\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Incline: 0 to 15 percent\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Running surface: 51cm x 152cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Deck: FlexDeck shock absorption system\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 181 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about the CLST or whether a commercial machine suits your home? Message me and I will tell you exactly what to expect, no pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CLST is 997 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":36038721667237,"sku":null,"price":997.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/CLST_painted_grey_MASTER_7b341c35-6142-4fb3-af4d-eaf984bbd2d8.jpg?v=1784123654"},{"product_id":"cybex-625-treadmill","title":"Cybex 625T Rental. The 43,000 AED Treadmill, Without The 43,000","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCybex 625T Treadmill Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Cybex 625T, a full commercial treadmill of the kind you find in professional gyms and five-star hotel fitness centres, with a new value around 43,000 AED. Renting one for your home means running on equipment most people only ever use with a membership card.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts intelligent suspension deck is the story here: Cybex engineered it to protect knees and hips while staying firm and fast underfoot, and the 5 HP motor stays perfectly smooth at sprint speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is a reason gym treadmills feel different from home treadmills. Weight, drive quality and deck engineering. The 625T brings that exact feel into your house, with a simple console that gets out of your way. Step on and run.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is an independent expert's review:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/oCIzfEsVLVs\" title=\"Cybex 625T Treadmill Review\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial suspension deck: noticeably kinder on knees and hips over daily mileage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 5 HP motor: smooth and quiet from walking pace to a full sprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 56cm x 152cm running surface: proper room to stride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Simple, clear console: no menus, no accounts, no distractions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Sheer build quality: this machine is engineered for 12 hours of daily club use, so home use barely wakes it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 625T suits runners with joint history, heavier users, and anyone who has noticed that their gym's treadmill feels better than anything in a home equipment shop. This is why.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the machine for real daily mileage. Marathon training, long steady runs, and the kind of consistency that cheaper treadmills eventually punish you for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Access a 43,000 AED commercial machine for a monthly rental instead of a purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and every service visit are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for training blocks, recovery periods or a temporary stay in Dubai.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Stock is limited, these rarely sit in the warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cybex 625T rents for 699 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether a commercial machine suits your space? It is heavier and larger than home treadmills, so WhatsApp me your room details and access route and I will confirm honestly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Cybex 625T commercial treadmill\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Motor: 5 HP AC\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Speed: 0.8 to 20 km\/h\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Incline: 0 to 15 percent\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Running surface: 56cm x 152cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Deck: Cybex IS3 suspension system\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 159 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- New retail value: approximately 43,000 AED\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about whether commercial equipment suits your home? Message me, I have installed these everywhere from villas to hotel gyms and I will tell you exactly what to expect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cybex 625T is 699 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":36038580142245,"sku":null,"price":699.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/CYBEXRUN625T-main_1.png?v=1784798417"},{"product_id":"insight-fitness-leg-extension","title":"Insight Leg Extension Rental. Real Gym Iron At Home","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInsight Fitness Leg Extension Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a fully commercial Insight Fitness leg extension machine, the same class of equipment you would use on a proper gym floor. It isolates the quads with the exact geometry a good machine should have: a precise movement path, an adjustable back pad and roller, and a smooth selectorised weight stack you set with a pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is no home-gym substitute for a real leg extension. Squats and lunges are essential, but nothing isolates and finishes the quads like this movement done on a machine built for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits three kinds of people: lifters completing a serious home leg day, anyone rebuilding strength around the knees with controlled and safe loading, and athletes who need quad work without the gym commute.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Full commercial build: gym-floor grade stability, nothing flexes or wanders under load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Precise movement path: the isolation is exact, so the right muscle does the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Selectorised stack: pin in, lift, done. No plates to load or store.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Adjustable back pad and roller: fits different leg lengths properly, which matters for knee comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Smooth resistance through the full range: no snatchy start or dead spots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eControlled quad work is one of the most requested pieces in rehabilitation programmes, and one of the hardest to do properly at home. This machine solves that, with loading you can progress a kilogram at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor lifters, it completes the home setup. Squat pattern from your rack or trainer, then isolation here, and leg day no longer needs a commercial gym.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rent it for a rehabilitation block or training phase instead of owning it forever.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Return it when the programme ends, or keep it month to month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial quality that would cost a serious sum to buy outright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Insight Fitness leg extension rents for 997 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWorking around an injury and not sure whether this is the right piece? Message me and I will tell you honestly, and always follow the advice of your physio first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Insight Fitness leg extension\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Build: full commercial, gym-floor grade\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Resistance: selectorised weight stack\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Adjustments: back pad and roller position\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Movement: precise quad-isolation path\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about the machine, your space or delivery? Call or WhatsApp me, there is no pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe leg extension is 997 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the equipment you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38079701516471,"sku":null,"price":997.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/SH017-V_861999ea-9b07-4143-9af0-7d253d154acc.webp?v=1784120182"},{"product_id":"ta-sports-commercial-spin-bike","title":"Commercial Spin Bike Rental. Studio Cycling Without The Studio","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Spin Bike Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a fully commercial spin bike, the kind built to survive back-to-back studio classes, rented into your home for less than the cost of a few boutique cycling sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything adjusts. Seat height, seat position, handlebar height, handlebar reach, resistance and pedals, so the bike fits you properly rather than approximately. A correct fit is the difference between a bike you ride four times a week and a bike that becomes a clothes rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSports teams rent these from us for pre-season. Families rent them for the summer. The reason is the same: a commercial bike simply feels better under you, and it keeps feeling that way month after month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Fully adjustable fit: seat and handlebars move in every direction that matters, for every rider in the house.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial build: made for studio punishment, so home use barely registers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Smooth, quiet resistance: ride early or late without disturbing anyone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ready for classes: follow any cycling app or online class from your phone or tablet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Compact footprint: two square metres is all it needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpin classes in Dubai cost real money, and that is before the driving, parking and booking. A commercial bike at home gives you the same workout in the gap between meetings, or at 6am before the house wakes up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThrough the summer months, when outdoor cycling and running become genuinely hard, this is the machine that keeps fitness moving indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Find out whether indoor cycling becomes a habit before spending thousands on a bike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and no bike gathering dust if life changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are handled for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Continue month to month after the first month, or return it whenever you are done.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe commercial spin bike rents at 599 AED per month, including VAT. Delivery and installation are normally arranged within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location. Deliveries to Abu Dhabi and Fujairah carry an additional charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWant a bike with a screen and classes built in? Ask us about the Keiser M3 and Peloton as well. Message us on WhatsApp at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003e+971 58 526 4552\u003c\/a\u003e and we will match you to the right bike.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":38079794020535,"sku":null,"price":599.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/products\/img_65da2c04-c844-40f6-8f25-6175b9484687.jpg?v=1646638485"},{"product_id":"technogym-my-run-treadmill","title":"Technogym MyRun Rental. The Treadmill Your Guests Will Ask About","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnogym MyRun Treadmill Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Technogym MyRun, the treadmill for people who care what their home looks like. Designed and engineered in Italy by the company that equips the world's finest hotels and performance centres, it is slim, quiet and genuinely beautiful, with a running feel that matches its looks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt pairs with your own tablet for Technogym Live classes and real-time running feedback, and its adaptive running surface responds to your stride rather than fighting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost treadmills are bought for the body and hidden from the eye. The MyRun is the one machine guests ask about. It sits comfortably in a designed interior, and it runs so quietly that late-night sessions bother no one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is a hands-on look at the machine and its app:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/0abcw_mUaWw\" title=\"Technogym MyRun Treadmill Overview\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Whisper-quiet drive: run at 6am or midnight without complaints from anyone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Adaptive running surface: the deck responds to your running style for a more natural, joint-friendly feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Slim Italian design: at 176cm x 78.5cm it takes less room than most treadmills in its class, and looks far better doing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Tablet integration: your own tablet becomes the console, with Technogym Live classes and running-form feedback.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Speed to 20 km\/h and incline to 12 percent: proper training range, not just walking pace.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MyRun suits apartments and villas where space and aesthetics matter. It slots into a bedroom corner, a study or an open living area without turning the room into a gym.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made for consistency. A quick walk between calls, intervals before dinner, a longer run on the weekend. Because it is quiet and close, the friction between deciding and doing disappears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe keep a small MyRun stock and it is rarely idle, so availability is worth checking early.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Live with a genuinely premium treadmill before deciding whether to own one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are handled for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for a summer of indoor training or a temporary stay in Dubai.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Access a better machine than most people would ever buy outright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Technogym MyRun rents for 899 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether it will fit your space? WhatsApp me a photo and the measurements and I will tell you straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Technogym MyRun\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Dimensions: approximately 176cm long x 78.5cm wide x 126cm high\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Running surface: 143cm x 50cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Speed: 0.8 to 20 km\/h\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Incline: 0 to 12 percent\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Machine weight: 92 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 140 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Connectivity: pairs with your tablet or phone for Technogym Live\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are weighing the MyRun against a Peloton Tread or a classic treadmill, message me and I will give you an honest recommendation for how you train and where it will live.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MyRun is 899 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41213382459575,"sku":null,"price":899.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/DCKA-gallery01_91e2b7cc-4802-4443-8bc5-ec7eb857bd8b.jpg?v=1784797220"},{"product_id":"peloton-bike-you-ll-get-addicted","title":"Peloton Bike Rental. You'll Get Addicted","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePeloton Bike Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the original Peloton Bike, the machine that made indoor cycling something people actually look forward to. It combines a near-silent belt drive and smooth magnetic resistance with a 21.5 inch HD touchscreen and live and on-demand classes from the best instructors in the business.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRenting from Gym Fit Out means the bike arrives installed, activated and ready to ride, with the subscription sorted and nothing for you to configure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePeloton's own numbers tell the real story: 92.8 percent of members are still riding a year later. That is not marketing, that is habit formation. The classes, the leaderboard and the instructors pull you back on the days motivation does not show up on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is an owner's review after more than 1,500 rides:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/UDWyHkDXzJs\" title=\"Original Peloton Bike Review\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne bonus worth knowing about. Depending on availability, we sometimes supply the Peloton Bike+ at no extra cost, with its larger 23.8 inch rotating touchscreen and automatic resistance that follows the instructor for you. And when you receive the standard Bike, we can include a swivel screen attachment, so you can turn the screen and follow the full range of floor classes too: yoga, stretching, HIIT and abs, not just rides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 21.5 inch HD touchscreen: classes feel immersive rather than like watching a video in the corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Magnetic resistance with a near-silent belt drive: ride at any hour without the household knowing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swivel screen attachment available: turn the screen and use the full class library, from yoga and stretching to HIIT and abs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Compact footprint of roughly 120cm x 60cm: it fits in bedrooms, studies and apartment corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Micro-adjustable seat and handlebars: a proper fit for riders from about 150cm to 195cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Live and on-demand classes: from 10 minute rides to full training programmes, there is always something that fits the time you have.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Peloton removes every excuse between you and a workout. No traffic, no parking, no class schedule. You ride when your day allows, at home, with your own music, your own temperature and your own shower afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCouples often share one bike with separate profiles. And with the screen turned, the bike becomes a full home studio: one of you rides, the other follows a strength or yoga class on the mat beside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe keep a deliberately small Peloton fleet and it books out most months, so if you are thinking about it, it is worth messaging early.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Find out whether the Peloton habit sticks before you spend thousands buying one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- One monthly price with the hardware, delivery and setup handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month, so nothing is wasted if your plans change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for temporary stays in Dubai or for testing before a family purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- If you love it, we can talk about buying afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Peloton Bike rents for 1,600 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, professional installation and activation are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location. Ask about Bike+ availability when you enquire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWant the bike plus recovery? The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/peloton-sauna-or-ice-bath-rental-ride-then-recover\"\u003ePeloton plus sauna or ice bath package\u003c\/a\u003e is 2,997 AED per month, less than renting the two separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether the Bike or the Tread suits you better? Call or WhatsApp me and I will talk you through it honestly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Peloton Bike (original), with Peloton Bike+ sometimes available as a free upgrade depending on stock\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Screen: 21.5 inch Full HD touchscreen, swivel screen attachment available for floor classes\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Resistance: magnetic, adjusted via resistance knob\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Footprint: approximately 120cm x 60cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Bike weight: approximately 61 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 135 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rider height range: approximately 150cm to 195cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Pedals: Delta-compatible, cycling shoes recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Power: standard wall socket\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you have any questions about the bike, the classes, Bike+ availability or delivery to your area, message me directly. There is no pressure and no hard sell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Peloton Bike is 1,600 AED per month including VAT, delivered, installed and activated, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41213393109175,"sku":null,"price":1600.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/Bike_V1.webp?v=1784547260"},{"product_id":"inspire-fitness-ft2-multi-functional-gym-over-1100-possible-exercises","title":"Inspire FT2 Rental. A Whole Gym In Two Square Metres","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInspire Fitness FT2 Functional Trainer Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Inspire Fitness FT2, a complete strength gym in about two square metres. It combines a dual-stack functional trainer, an integrated Smith bar and a pull-up station in one machine, with commercial-grade pulleys and a full accessory kit included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCable crossovers, presses, rows, squats, pulldowns, curls and everything between: if a personal trainer would programme it, the FT2 almost certainly does it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor less than the cost of two personal training sessions in Dubai each month, your strength training stops depending on traffic, opening hours and whether the cable machine is free. It is simply there, loaded and waiting, whenever you are.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is what an independent reviewer found:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/_he7Be8UIIo\" title=\"Inspire FT2 Functional Trainer Review\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Dual 75 kg weight stacks: smooth, independent resistance for both sides of the body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Integrated Smith bar: controlled barbell-style pressing and squatting with no plates to load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Height-adjustable pull-up station: works even in rooms with lower ceilings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial-grade pulleys: the cable feel of a proper gym, not a home compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Full accessory kit included: bars, handles, ropes, ankle strap and more, ready from day one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe FT2 replaces the gym membership for strength-focused people. A 45 minute full-body session happens in your own space with your own music, and the machine resets in seconds between exercises.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits couples and families particularly well, because the exercise range covers everyone from a beginner learning patterns to an experienced lifter chasing volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Test whether home strength training sticks before making a serious purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Costs less per month than a handful of personal training sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Talk to us about buying it later if it becomes permanent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Inspire FT2 rents for 1,099 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether it fits your ceiling height or room? WhatsApp me the measurements and I will confirm before anything is booked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Inspire Fitness FT2\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Weight stacks: dual 75 kg stacks\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Smith bar: integrated, tied to the weight stacks\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Pull-up bar: height adjustable\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Footprint: approximately 155cm x 148cm, height adjustable 211cm to 224cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Accessories: triceps rope, D-handles, straight bar, EZ curl bar, ankle strap, multi-function belt and more\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about exercises, space or whether the FT2 suits your training? Message me directly, no pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe FT2 is 1,099 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the equipment you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41213394813111,"sku":null,"price":1099.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/1_c290a8ee-e70e-4aac-9a35-a650dc5b57d5.webp?v=1752248366"},{"product_id":"rent-a-technogym-artis-upright-exercise-bike","title":"Technogym Artis Bike Rental. Five-Star Cardio, In Your Home","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnogym Artis Upright Bike Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Technogym Artis, the upright bike from the range that equips the world's best hotels, private clubs and flagship gyms. It is the bike people remember from a five-star gym floor, and then wonder why nothing at home ever felt like it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe answer is build quality. The Artis is engineered to run silently and smoothly under commercial use, all day, for years. At home, ridden by one household, it is effortless. The HD touchscreen puts entertainment and training programmes in front of you, and it connects with your Apple Watch so your sessions are captured without thinking about it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe riding position is the other thing you notice. The Artis fits riders from roughly 140cm to over two metres tall, and it holds you in a genuinely comfortable position, so longer sessions stop being a negotiation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- HD touchscreen console: programmes, entertainment and your numbers, all in one clean display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Apple Watch connectivity: your training data syncs without cables or fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Impeccable build quality: silent, stable and smooth, the way commercial Technogym equipment is meant to feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- A fit for everyone: comfortable for riders from roughly 140cm to over two metres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Low-impact cardio: all the work, none of the pounding on knees and hips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn upright bike is the quiet workhorse of a home gym. Thirty minutes with a series on the screen, a steady spin while on a call, a proper interval session before breakfast. It asks very little space and no learning curve, which is exactly why it gets used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThrough the Dubai summer, when outdoor exercise becomes a 6am-only affair, having a machine of this quality indoors keeps the routine alive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Technogym Artis equipment costs tens of thousands of dirhams to buy. Rent the experience for a fraction of that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Find out whether the habit sticks before committing serious money.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are handled for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Continue month to month after the first month, or return it whenever you are done.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Technogym Artis upright bike rents at 799 AED per month, including VAT. Delivery and installation are normally arranged within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location. Deliveries to Abu Dhabi and Fujairah carry an additional charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about the Artis, or choosing between an upright and a spin bike? Message us on WhatsApp at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003e+971 58 526 4552\u003c\/a\u003e and we will point you to the right machine.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41213399597239,"sku":null,"price":799.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/main_748ed821-200a-4ad5-b9fa-ecc26dde13ba.webp?v=1751379190"},{"product_id":"rental-sole-fitness-f85-799-month","title":"Sole F80 Rental. Serious Miles, Zero Fuss","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSole F80 Treadmill Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Sole F80 with the 10.1 inch touchscreen, one of the most respected home treadmills in the world. A strong 3.5 CHP motor, a wide cushioned 56cm x 152cm running surface and 15 incline levels make it a serious machine for walkers and runners alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSole builds simple, durable treadmills that review well year after year for one reason: they last. The F80 is the sweet spot in the range, commercial-grade feel without the commercial price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe best treadmill is the one that is 10 steps away when you find 30 spare minutes. Walk on an incline while taking a call, run intervals before dinner, or log an easy 5k while the family watches television.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is what an independent reviewer found:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/zxYwQU-n25w\" title=\"Sole F80 Treadmill Review\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 3.5 CHP motor: strong enough for daily running, not just walking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Wide 56cm x 152cm cushioned deck: room for a full stride and comfortable at any pace.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 15 incline levels: turn a steady walk into genuine training without touching the speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 10.1 inch touchscreen console: entertainment and training programmes built in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Hydraulic folding deck: fold it away when the space is needed for something else.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe F80 is the treadmill for households that will actually use it daily. It handles a runner training for a race and a partner who walks hills every evening, on the same day, without complaint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDuring the hot months it quietly replaces every outdoor session you would otherwise skip. When the weather turns, it becomes the backup that keeps the habit alive on busy days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Test the daily treadmill habit before spending thousands on ownership.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Upgrade, swap or return as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Option to talk about buying it if it earns a permanent place in your home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sole F80 rents for 899 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether the F80, F85 or F63 suits you best? Call or WhatsApp me and I will talk you through the differences honestly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Sole F80, touchscreen version\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Motor: 3.5 CHP\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Running surface: 56cm x 152cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Speed: 1 to 20 km\/h\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Incline: 15 levels\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Console: 10.1 inch touchscreen\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: approximately 158 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Folding: hydraulic easy-assist folding deck\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny questions about the F80, your space or delivery to your area, just message me. No pressure, honest answers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sole F80 is 899 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41224710226103,"sku":null,"price":899.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/main_887167c8-b26c-4dd2-8e1d-ed489034a343.webp?v=1752244943"},{"product_id":"the-ultimate-exercise-the-assault-bike","title":"Assault AirBike Rental. The Most Honest Machine In Fitness","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssault AirBike Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Assault AirBike, the conditioning standard in CrossFit boxes and fight camps worldwide. A large steel fan provides unlimited air resistance: the harder you push, the harder it pushes back. Arms and legs drive together, so every second on it works the whole body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is often called the most honest machine in fitness. There are no gears to hide in and no ceiling on resistance. The effort you put in is exactly what you get back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTen minutes on the AirBike replaces 40 unfocused minutes on almost anything else. Intervals before breakfast, a lunch-break burner, or finishing a strength session with something that empties the tank. It is brutal, brilliant and strangely addictive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is a one year ownership review:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/hsO1C5pTQdE\" title=\"Assault AirBike Classic Review\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Unlimited air resistance: it scales instantly from warm-up spin to maximum effort, no settings required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Full-body drive: arms and legs work together, so heart rate climbs faster than on a normal bike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Simple console: intervals, watts, calories and distance, including ready-made Tabata programmes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Heavy steel construction: built for the daily abuse of commercial gyms, completely stable under effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No power socket needed: put it in the garage, on the terrace, anywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe AirBike suits people who are short on time and honest about effort. When your whole session is 15 minutes, this is the machine that makes those minutes count.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is also the perfect partner to strength training at home. Warm up on it, finish on it, and your conditioning is handled without a second machine or a bigger footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Find out whether you and the AirBike get along before buying one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Small monthly cost, no upfront payment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for fight camps, pre-season blocks and event preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Return or swap it whenever your training changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Assault AirBike rents for 299 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether the AirBike or a rower suits your training better? Message me and I will give you an honest answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Assault AirBike\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Resistance: unlimited air resistance via steel fan\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Console: LCD with watts, RPM, calories, distance, time and interval programmes\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Frame: heavy-duty powder-coated steel with sealed bearings\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Dimensions: approximately 129cm x 59cm x 127cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Bike weight: approximately 43 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 136 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Power: none required\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions before you commit? Call or WhatsApp me, no pressure at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Assault AirBike is 299 AED per month including VAT, delivered and set up, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41708920045751,"sku":null,"price":299.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/4_ba6fd73c-b41c-4338-8df0-5211dd860944.jpg?v=1748867883"},{"product_id":"crash-mats-gymnastic-mats-to-rent-super-convenient-super-easy","title":"Crash Mat Rental. For Shoots, Stunts And Soft Landings","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrash Mat and Gymnastic Mat Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are professional crash mats and gymnastic mats, available for short-term rental with delivery and collection handled by our team. Thick, firm-cored landing mats built to absorb real falls, in clean condition every time they arrive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are one of our most quietly popular rentals, and most clients are not gyms. Film and content studios use them for green-screen falls and stunt work. Event companies use them for activations. Coaches and families use them for tumbling, martial arts practice and safe landing zones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen a production needs someone to fall convincingly and get up smiling, a proper crash mat is the difference between one take and an incident report.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Genuine impact absorption: these are landing mats, not exercise mats, built for falls from height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Clean and presentable: mats arrive inspected and sanitised, ready for camera or clients.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivered and collected: no van hire, no storage problem after the shoot or event.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Flexible quantities: rent one mat or a full landing zone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Short-term friendly: daily and weekly rates designed around productions and events.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA studio books mats for a two-day shoot, they arrive before call time and disappear when filming wraps. An events team lines a competition landing area for one weekend. A family rents a pair for the school holidays while the kids are obsessed with flips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuying crash mats means storing crash mats. For occasional and project use, renting is simply the smarter shape of the same decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Productions and events need mats for days, not years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No storage problem when the project wraps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery and collection are handled to your location and schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Mats arrive clean, inspected and ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rent exactly the quantity the job needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCrash mats rent at 599 AED per day or 1,199 AED per week, including VAT. Delivery and collection are included, normally arranged within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location. For larger quantities or longer terms, message us for a custom rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBooking for a shoot or event with a fixed date? WhatsApp me the date, location and quantity and I will confirm availability straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Professional crash mats and gymnastic mats\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Suitable for stunt work, tumbling, martial arts and events\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Inspected and sanitised before every rental\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery and collection included\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTell me what you are landing on them and I will make sure you get the right mats for the job. No pressure, quick answers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCrash mats are 599 AED per day or 1,199 AED per week, delivered and collected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41997737722039,"sku":null,"price":599.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/Crash-Mat-Rental.png?v=1784799548"},{"product_id":"ice-barrel-and-chiller-unit","title":"Ice Bath and Chiller Rental in Dubai. Cold On Demand","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIce Bath and Chiller Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental at a glance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 1,600 AED per month including VAT\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 4,497 AED for three months including VAT, which works out at 1,499 AED per month\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 6,594 AED for six months including VAT, which works out at 1,099 AED per month\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 10,788 AED for twelve months including VAT, which works out at 899 AED per month\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Minimum rental one month, then month to month\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and collection included, free across Dubai\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Servicing included: filter changes, water changes and cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivered within 24 to 48 hours, excluding Sundays\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Available across Dubai, Abu Dhabi, Sharjah and all Emirates. Selected GCC countries on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Tub 135cm long x 80cm wide x 65cm high, 300 to 350 litres in use\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Water temperature adjustable from 1 to 45 degrees Celsius\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No ice required. The chiller cools the water and holds it there.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Runs from a standard 13A household socket. No plumbing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003eThree minutes of cold. The rest of the day, sharper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is our complete cold plunge setup: a 135cm drop stitch PVC tub with an insulated cover, paired with a 1 horsepower SY-10-HC PRO chiller that cools, filters and holds your water at whatever temperature you set. Fill it once, set the app, and it is ready whenever you are.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo bags of ice. No dragging the temperature back down each morning. No guessing whether the water is clean. The chiller handles cooling, ozone disinfection and multi-stage filtration continuously, so the plunge is ready at 4 degrees at six in the morning without you doing anything the night before.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Set it and forget it: choose your temperature on the app and the chiller holds it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Genuinely cold: 2,450W of cooling brings 300 litres from 23 degrees down to 5 degrees in under four hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- It also heats: the same unit warms water up to 45 degrees, so the tub works year round rather than only in summer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Clean water: ozone disinfection plus multi-stage filtration, and we change the filters for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Movable: transport wheels, carry handle and quick connectors mean it does not have to live in one spot forever.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost people who try cold exposure give up because of friction. Buying ice, waiting for the water, cleaning it, wondering if it is hygienic. Remove the friction and the habit survives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMornings before work. After training. On the hard days when you need something to reset your head. It sits on the terrace or in the garden and it is always ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich ice bath should you take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis horizontal tub and our vertical barrel both rent for 1,600 AED per month, so between those two it is purely a question of shape. Take this one if you would rather lie back and stretch out. Take the barrel if floor space is tight, or if you want your shoulders fully under.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf several people will be plunging every day, step up to the commercial setup at 1,997 AED per month for its separate external filtration. The VIP wooden tub at 2,600 AED per month and the premium cedar system at 4,000 AED per month are for spaces where the plunge is on show.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery price is set out side by side here: \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/money-page\/ice-bath-rental-prices-dubai\"\u003eice bath rental prices in Dubai\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Find out whether cold exposure sticks for you before spending on a permanent setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No upfront cost, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation, filling and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Servicing is included. We change filters, change the water and clean the tub and chiller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- If the chiller develops a fault, we repair or replace it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- We collect it whenever you are done.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If the unit develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTub specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- External dimensions: 135cm long x 80cm wide x 65cm high\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Capacity: 1 person\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Full water volume: 490 litres. Recommended working volume: 300 to 350 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Material: drop stitch PVC, 80mm wall thickness\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Included: insulated cover, hand pump, carry bag, repair kit, water in and out ports\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChiller specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: SY-10-HC PRO, 1.0 horsepower\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Power: 220 to 240V, 50\/60Hz, 6.5A, 1,060W input. Standard 13A household socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Cooling capacity: 2,450W\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Water temperature: 1 to 45 degrees Celsius, fully adjustable\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Heating function included\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Cooling time: 300 litres from 23 to 5 degrees in under 4 hours\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Refrigerant: R410A\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Disinfection: built-in ozone generator\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Filtration: multi-stage water filter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Control: 5 inch colour screen, plus WiFi with iOS and Android app\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Unit size: 56 x 38 x 56.5cm, 40kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Transport wheels, carry handle and quick connectors\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Certification: ETL, PSE, CE, SAA, IPX-4\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure where it should go, or whether your terrace suits it? Send me a photo and I will tell you honestly, before you commit to anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42761628844215,"sku":null,"price":1600.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/ea6714fe-ad71-4e47-9da9-6fb8ebd69590.jpg?v=1782566693"},{"product_id":"premium-cedar-ice-bath-and-chiller-rental","title":"Premium Ice Bath Rental. The Reset You'll Actually Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Ice Bath and Chiller Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental at a glance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 4,000 AED per month including VAT\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Minimum rental one month, then month to month\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and collection included, free across Dubai\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Servicing included: filter changes, water changes and cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivered within 24 to 48 hours, excluding Sundays\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Available across Dubai, Abu Dhabi, Sharjah and all Emirates. Selected GCC countries on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Tub 690 litres, approximately 170cm x 80cm, cedar oak and stainless steel with a matching step\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Water temperature adjustable, held by a commercial chiller\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No ice required. The chiller cools the water and holds it there.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Four stage filtration with ozone, app controlled\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003eMost people do not need an ice bath. They need a reset they can actually use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is our premium cold plunge system: a 690 litre tub finished in cedar oak and stainless steel with a matching ingress step, paired with a commercial chiller, water circulation and four stage filtration with ozone. It is app controlled, properly installed by our team, and maintained for the life of the rental.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCold water on demand, in your own home, ready when you are. Use it before work. Use it after training. Use it when your body feels heavy, your mind feels noisy, or you need to feel sharp again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 690 litre capacity: a proper full body plunge, with room to sit deep and settle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Cedar oak and stainless steel finish: this is the ice bath you place where guests can see it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Four stage filtration with ozone: clean, clear water day after day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- App control: set your temperature and schedule from your phone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial chiller: holds true cold through the hottest months of the year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe real benefit is not the ice bath. It is consistency. When recovery sits at home, already installed and ready, you actually use it. And when you use it consistently, it becomes part of how you train, recover, reset and perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver, set everything up properly, show you how to use it, and make sure the system is ready before we leave. No chasing suppliers, no messy installation, no bags of ice, and no cheap unit that becomes a problem in the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere this sits in the range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the top of our ice bath range. Below it sit the VIP wooden tub at 2,600 AED per month, the commercial setup with separate external filtration at 1,997 AED per month, and our two standard PVC tubs, horizontal and upright barrel, both at 1,600 AED per month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou are paying for the largest tub, the commercial chiller, four stage filtration with ozone, and a cedar oak and stainless steel finish that belongs in a designed space. If the plunge is going somewhere nobody sees, one of the standard tubs will serve you just as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery price is set out side by side here: \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/money-page\/ice-bath-rental-prices-dubai\"\u003eice bath rental prices in Dubai\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Test the habit with a premium system before committing to a purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront cost, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and water setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance, servicing and support are handled by Gym Fit Out throughout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Upgrade, swap or return as your routine develops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- If you fall in love with it, we will talk about a permanent installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Tub: 690 litres, approximately 170cm x 80cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Finish: cedar oak and stainless steel, with matching ingress step\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Chiller: commercial unit with water circulation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Filtration: four stage with ozone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Control: app controlled\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation, servicing and support included\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe premium ice bath and chiller rents for 4,000 AED per month including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a bespoke unit rather than a standard rental, so message us to confirm current availability and lead time before you plan around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are choosing between this and the standard tub setup, message me and I will give you an honest comparison for your space and budget. Send me a photo of the spot you have in mind and I will confirm placement, power and water details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the equipment you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42761710076087,"sku":null,"price":4000.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/VIP_Ice_Bath._Horizontal._Master_1.jpg?v=1782304734"},{"product_id":"rent-the-usa-nordictrack-2950-with-an-on-board-kick-ass-personal-trainer","title":"NordicTrack 1750 Rental. A Kick-Ass Trainer Built In","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNordicTrack Commercial 1750 Treadmill Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the NordicTrack Commercial 1750, the treadmill with a personal trainer built in. Through iFit on the HD touchscreen, real coaches lead you through workouts filmed around the world, and the machine automatically adjusts your speed and incline to match their instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt declines as well as inclines, so downhill sections feel real, and the cushioned deck and strong motor handle daily running comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1750 solves the motivation problem. You do not decide how hard to work, your trainer does. You just press start and follow someone who is better at this than any of us, through the mountains of New Zealand or the streets of Tokyo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is what an independent reviewer found:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/_lURivfu3D4\" title=\"NordicTrack Commercial 1750 Treadmill Review\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- iFit trainer-led workouts: coaches control your speed and incline in real time, so sessions never drift into easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Decline to incline range: downhill running at home, which almost no treadmill offers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Interactive HD touchscreen: workouts filmed on location, genuinely engaging rather than a gimmick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Cushioned deck: comfortable for daily mileage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- SpaceSaver folding with lift assist: it folds up despite being a big, capable machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1750 suits people who do better with someone telling them what to do. If left to yourself you would coast at a comfortable pace, but a trainer saying \"incline to eight, hold it there\" changes what a home treadmill session actually achieves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFamilies like it because the workout library covers everything: walks, hikes, runs, and full training programmes for every level, all on one machine and one subscription.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Experience trainer-led interactive running before committing to a purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or return if your training changes direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- A replacement may be provided if a fault cannot be repaired, subject to stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe NordicTrack Commercial 1750 rents for 799 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether the 1750 or the 2450 is right for you? Call or WhatsApp me and I will explain the difference in plain terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: NordicTrack Commercial 1750\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Speed: 0 to 19.3 km\/h\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Incline: decline through to full incline, adjusted automatically by iFit\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Console: interactive HD touchscreen with iFit\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 136 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Folding: SpaceSaver design with lift assist\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Cushioning: adjustable deck cushioning\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny questions about iFit, space or delivery, just message me. No pressure, honest answers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial 1750 is 799 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43120317857975,"sku":null,"price":799.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/Main_3343edf0-14b7-4ac1-bc71-6818a5c56355.webp?v=1752590543"},{"product_id":"technogym-rower-rental-rent-vip-become-a-vip","title":"Technogym Rower Rental. Rent VIP, Become A VIP","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnogym Rower Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Technogym rower: silent, smooth and finished like furniture. Technogym equips the world's finest hotels, yachts and performance centres, and their rower brings that standard to the most complete exercise there is.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRowing works legs, core, back and lungs in every stroke. This machine makes those strokes feel effortless to begin and hard to stop, with near-silent resistance and clear performance feedback as you go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost rowers look like gym equipment. This one looks like it was chosen by your interior designer, and it stores upright when you are done. For villas and apartments where beauty matters as much as function, there is nothing else quite like it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Near-silent resistance: row before sunrise or after midnight, nobody will know.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Technogym build quality: every surface, joint and movement feels engineered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Performance feedback: pace and output tracked while you row.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Stores upright: a full-body gym that takes almost no floor space between sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Design that earns its place: the rare machine you will not want to hide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwenty minutes of rowing is a complete session: strength, cardio and posture work in one movement. That efficiency suits people whose calendars fight back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt also suits shared spaces. Because it is quiet and beautiful, it can live in a living area or bedroom corner rather than being exiled to the garage, and machines you can see get used more.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Experience Technogym quality before committing to the price of ownership.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for temporary stays, seasonal training or trying rowing properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or return whenever your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Technogym rower rents for 699 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether rowing suits you, or how it compares with the Concept2? Message me and I will give you an honest comparison.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Brand: Technogym\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Resistance: near-silent, smooth through the full stroke\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Feedback: performance data displayed while rowing\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Storage: stores upright between sessions\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Build: premium commercial construction\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about the rower, your space or delivery? Call or WhatsApp me, there is no pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Technogym rower is 699 AED per month including VAT, delivered and set up, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the equipment you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44456599421111,"sku":null,"price":699.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/skillrow-black_hero-lateral-grey.jpg?v=1784547267"},{"product_id":"our-cheapest-commercial-cross-trainer-get-fit-and-transform","title":"Sole E35 Rental. Cardio Your Knees Will Thank You For","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSole E35 Elliptical Cross Trainer Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Sole E35, one of the most recommended home ellipticals in the world. A heavy 11.3 kg flywheel gives it a smooth, natural stride, a clear, simple console keeps every session friction free, and 20 levels of power incline let you shift the work between legs and glutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is low-impact cardio done properly: quiet, comfortable and genuinely pleasant to use for 40 minutes at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe elliptical is the machine for people who want the sweat without the soreness. Watch a series, take a call on headphones, or follow a programme on the screen. Your joints stay quiet, your heart rate does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is what an independent reviewer found:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/IIaNfgzzajI\" title=\"Sole E35 Elliptical Review\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Heavy 11.3 kg flywheel: a smooth, natural stride with none of the choppy feel of cheap ellipticals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 20 levels of power incline: change which muscles work at the press of a button.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Simple console: press start and move, nothing to configure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Oversized cushioned pedals: comfortable even in long sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Quiet magnetic resistance: use it at any hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe E35 suits people coming back from injury, anyone whose knees have opinions about running, and everyone who simply prefers cardio that does not hurt the next day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the machine that makes daily movement easy to say yes to. Thirty minutes while dinner cooks. An episode of something in the evening. The low-impact format means there is no recovery cost, so there is no reason to skip tomorrow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Find out whether the elliptical habit sticks before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal during injury recovery periods or summer months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Upgrade to the E95 later if you want more machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sole E35 rents for 599 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether it will fit? It needs roughly 190cm x 80cm of floor. WhatsApp me a photo of the space and I will confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Sole E35, classic non-touchscreen version\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Flywheel: 11.3 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Stride length: 51cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Incline: power incline, 20 levels\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Resistance: 20 levels, magnetic\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Console: LCD, non-touchscreen\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Footprint: approximately 188cm x 79cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about the E35, or choosing between it and a treadmill? Message me, no pressure, honest answers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sole E35 is 599 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the equipment you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44456668528823,"sku":null,"price":599.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/SoleFitnessE351.webp?v=1752842988"},{"product_id":"premium-cross-trainer-rental-cheap-price-sole-e95-3-month-rental","title":"Sole E95 Rental. The Flagship Stride","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSole E95 Elliptical Cross Trainer Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Sole E95, the flagship of Sole's elliptical range. A heavier 12.2 kg flywheel makes the stride noticeably deeper and smoother than mid-range machines, the frame is commercial-style with zero wobble at high effort, and 20 levels of power incline shift the work through legs and glutes at the touch of a button.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the E35 is the sensible choice, the E95 is the one you choose because you will be on it five days a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLong, zero-impact sessions are where this machine shines. The kind of steady 45 minute efforts that burn properly, build genuine fitness, and leave your knees with nothing to complain about.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHere is a closer look at the E95 from Sole:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/3w8sFSi_4ig\" title=\"Sole E95 Elliptical\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Heavy 12.2 kg flywheel: a deeply smooth, quiet stride that makes long sessions feel easy to start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial-style frame: completely planted, even standing and driving hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 20 levels of power incline: real variety in which muscles do the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Adjustable cushioned pedals: comfort dialled to your stance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 181 kg user weight rating: stability and capacity for every user in the house.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe E95 suits committed daily users: the person who does 40 minutes every morning with a podcast, the couple who split evening sessions, the athlete cross-training around a niggling injury.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it is quiet and impact-free, it is the rare machine you can use at 5.30am above a sleeping household, or late in the evening when the day finally goes quiet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Try the flagship before deciding whether to own it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- A rental-to-own conversation is always open if you love it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap down to the E35 or across to a treadmill if needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sole E95 rents for 899 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a big unit, around 211cm long. WhatsApp me a photo of the room and I will confirm the fit before you commit to anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Sole E95\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Flywheel: 12.2 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Stride length: 51cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Incline: power incline, 20 levels\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Resistance: 20 levels, magnetic\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Frame: commercial-style construction\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Footprint: approximately 211cm x 86cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTorn between the E95 and the E35? Message me with how often you will honestly use it and I will tell you which one to take.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sole E95 is 899 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the equipment you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44457361735863,"sku":null,"price":899.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/main_97bae52f-6e3e-44b5-88cb-f51b29ddcfd3.webp?v=1751441591"},{"product_id":"spin-bike","title":"Keiser M3 Rental. The Bike Spin Studios Swear By","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeiser M3 Indoor Bike Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Keiser M3, the indoor bike you will find in serious spin studios around the world. It uses magnetic resistance with 24 defined gears, a rear-mounted flywheel that stays clear of sweat and corrosion, and a build quality that has made it the studio standard for over a decade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you want indoor cycling at home that feels precise, near silent and properly engineered, this is the bike we recommend first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome people ride while the house is still quiet. Others clip in for 30 minutes between meetings, or spin while watching a series in the evening. The M3 does not care when you show up. It just works, every time, without a sound the rest of the household will notice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is what an independent reviewer found:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Ftj37aS6iyk\" title=\"Keiser M3 Indoor Cycle Review\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Magnetic resistance with 24 gears: you always know exactly where you are, and you can repeat the same effort tomorrow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Near-silent belt drive: ride at 6am or 11pm without waking anyone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Four-way adjustable seat and handlebars: a proper fit for riders from 150cm to over 2 metres tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Onboard display: cadence, gear, time and effort at a glance, with no subscriptions required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rear-mounted flywheel: protected from sweat, which is why these bikes last so long in commercial studios.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA spin class in Dubai costs real money and requires driving, parking and booking. The M3 gives you the same quality of bike at home, ready whenever a gap opens in your day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits people who like structure. The gear system means you can follow any class or training plan from your phone or tablet and know your effort matches what the instructor is asking for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is also compact and quiet enough for apartments, not just villas. If you have two square metres, you have room for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Find out whether indoor cycling actually becomes a habit before spending thousands on a bike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and no bike gathering dust if life changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are handled for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Continue month to month after the first month, or return it whenever you are done.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- We run one of the largest Keiser M3 fleets in the region, so you get a properly maintained studio-grade bike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Keiser M3 rents for 349 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then it continues month to month. No deposit is normally required for an individual bike. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether it will suit your space or your training style? Call or WhatsApp me and I will give you a straight answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Keiser M3 indoor cycle\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Resistance: magnetic, 24 gears, belt drive\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Dimensions: approximately 125cm long x 66cm wide x 114cm high\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Bike weight: 38.5 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 136 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rider height range: approximately 147cm to 213cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Display: cadence, power, time, gear and distance\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Power: no mains power required for riding\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you have any questions about the M3, or you are deciding between this and a Peloton, message me and I will talk you through the difference honestly. There is no pressure either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bike is 349 AED per month including VAT, with delivery, installation and setup included, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45052129575095,"sku":"5","price":349.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/3_c6362398-0803-4ccb-a901-b7f28e6c1901.webp?v=1751395328"},{"product_id":"peloton-treadmill","title":"Peloton Tread Rental. Running You'll Actually Look Forward To","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePeloton Tread Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Peloton Tread, a commercial-quality treadmill built around a 23.8 inch HD touchscreen and the same live and on-demand classes that made the Peloton Bike famous. Running, hiking, walking and bootcamp sessions, all coached by instructors who genuinely make you want to show up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRenting from Gym Fit Out means it arrives delivered, installed and activated, with nothing for you to set up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTreadmill running at home usually fails for one reason: boredom. The Tread fixes that. The classes, the scoring and the leaderboard turn a run into something you compete in, even if the only person you are competing with is yesterday's you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is what an independent reviewer found:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-4H2i6e_MTM\" title=\"Peloton Tread Review\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 23.8 inch HD touchscreen: instructors and scenery fill your vision, not a small console screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Speed up to 20 km\/h and incline to 12.5 percent: enough range for walkers, runners and serious hill sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Cushioned 150cm x 51cm running belt: comfortable at pace, with room for a full stride.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Auto-stop, safety key and child-lock: sensible protection if you have children at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Bootcamp classes: run and strength combinations that turn one machine into a full session.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a Dubai summer, running outdoors becomes a 5am commitment. The Tread makes running a whenever-you-want commitment instead. Morning, lunch break, or after the children are in bed, the class library always has something the length of the time you actually have.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits households too. One person walks hills while listening to podcasts, another chases personal records in a 30 minute run. Separate profiles keep everyone's progress separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Discover whether you will actually use it before making a major purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and activation are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Perfect for marathon preparation blocks, summer months or a temporary stay in Dubai.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or return as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Peloton Tread rents for 1,550 AED per month. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and activation are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether it will fit your room or your training? WhatsApp me a photo and the approximate measurements and I will tell you honestly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Peloton Tread\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Screen: 23.8 inch HD touchscreen\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Running belt: approximately 150cm x 51cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Speed: up to 20 km\/h\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Incline: 0 to 12.5 percent\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Dimensions: approximately 173cm long x 84cm wide x 157cm high\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 136 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Safety: key, auto-stop and child-lock\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeciding between the Tread and a classic treadmill? Message me and I will give you an honest comparison based on how you actually train. No pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Peloton Tread is 1,550 AED per month, delivered, installed and activated, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45052855025847,"sku":null,"price":1550.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/a02cef07929c49a48c68c54be825b5fd_1647539213120.png?v=1784547262"},{"product_id":"sole-fitness-sr260","title":"Sole SR260 Rental. A Complete Strength Studio In One Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSole SR260 SRVO Strength Trainer Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Sole SR260 with SRVO technology, a compact multi-station strength trainer that replaces a room full of machines with one clean unit. A full weight stack, motorised resistance and multiple training stations, delivered and installed by our team.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStrength training at home usually means either a pile of dumbbells and a bench, or committing serious space and money to a rack setup. The SR260 is the third way. Presses, rows, pulldowns, curls, extensions and dozens of other movements, all from one machine that fits where a wardrobe would.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe motorised resistance is what sets it apart from the multi-gyms of old. Smooth, precise and adjustable in fine increments, so the machine grows with you rather than running out of road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- A genuine full-body system: push, pull, legs and arms, one machine, no plate changing between exercises.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- SRVO motorised resistance: smooth and precise, with fine adjustments a pin-and-stack cannot match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Fast transitions: move from exercise to exercise in seconds, which keeps workouts short and honest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Safe to use alone: no bar to be pinned under, which matters for training at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Compact footprint: a complete strength setup in a fraction of the space of a rack and weights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the machine for people who want to be strong but do not want their home to look like a powerlifting gym. Thirty minutes covers a proper full-body session. Couples share it easily because changing the resistance takes a second, not a plate-swapping intermission.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt also suits parents whose teenagers are getting into training. Controlled movements and no loose iron on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Find out whether home strength training sticks before spending serious money on equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and no bulky machine to sell later if life changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and collection are handled for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Continue month to month after the first month, upgrade, or buy later if you fall for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sole SR260 rents at 799 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum term applies. Delivery and installation are normally arranged within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether the SR260 or a functional trainer suits your training better? Message us on WhatsApp at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003e+971 58 526 4552\u003c\/a\u003e and we will give you a straight answer.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45052858564791,"sku":null,"price":799.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/main_c7338fca-d25c-41c0-acbd-dfabcaedc398.webp?v=1751440354"},{"product_id":"concept-2-rower-1","title":"Concept2 Rower Rental. The Most Trusted Machine In Fitness","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConcept2 Rower Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Concept2 rower, the most trusted piece of cardio equipment ever built. It is the machine Olympic rowers train on, the standard in CrossFit boxes worldwide, and the rower physiotherapists recommend when someone needs serious conditioning without pounding their joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses air resistance that scales with your effort, and the PM5 performance monitor that tracks your splits, watts and distance with a precision nothing else in the category matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRowing is the most complete workout in the room: legs, core, back and lungs in every stroke. Twenty minutes on this machine, whenever your day allows it, does more than an hour of drifting around a gym floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is what an independent reviewer found:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/cN9eyYW7fbg\" title=\"Concept2 RowErg Review\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Air resistance: the harder you pull, the harder it pulls back, so the same machine works for a beginner and an athlete.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- PM5 performance monitor: accurate splits, watts, calories and distance, the global standard for tracking rowing progress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Separates into two pieces in seconds: store it upright against a wall between sessions, no tools needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial-grade build: this exact machine survives years of daily abuse in CrossFit gyms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Smooth, quiet stroke: train early or late without disturbing the house.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Concept2 suits people who want maximum return on minutes. A 20 minute row is a genuine full-body session, which matters on days when that is all the time you have.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is also one of the easiest machines to live with. It stores upright, moves on castors, and needs no power socket, so it works in apartments, garages, terraces and home gyms alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you follow structured training, the PM5 gives you honest numbers. Your 500m split does not flatter you, and that is exactly why people improve on this machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Test whether rowing becomes a real habit before committing to a purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No upfront cost, and month to month flexibility after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery and setup are handled for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for winter training blocks, event preparation or a temporary stay in Dubai.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- If you fall for it, we can talk about a purchase later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Concept2 rower rents for 399 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure if it will fit your space? WhatsApp me a photo of the room and I will tell you honestly. It needs about 244cm x 61cm in use, less when stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Concept2 rower with PM5 performance monitor\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Resistance: air, self-scaling with effort\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- In-use footprint: approximately 244cm long x 61cm wide\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Machine weight: approximately 26 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 227 kg as tested by the manufacturer\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Storage: separates into two pieces, stores upright, castor wheels included\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Monitor: PM5 with pace, watts, calories, distance and preset workouts\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Power: no mains power required\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about rowing technique, space or whether this is the right machine for you? Call or WhatsApp me, no pressure at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Concept2 is 399 AED per month including VAT, delivered and set up, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45052863545527,"sku":null,"price":399.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/Concept_2_Rower_MASTER_2023_Onwars_0bef4bff-35a2-408a-977a-efd0942caec1.jpg?v=1787672944"},{"product_id":"f85-the-serious-runners-delight","title":"Sole F85 Rental. The Serious Runner's Delight","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSole F85 Treadmill Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Sole F85, the flagship of Sole's classic range and the treadmill we hand to serious runners. A 4.0 CHP motor, a wide 56cm x 152cm cushioned running surface and 15 incline levels give it the capability of a club machine, in a package built for the home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the classic non-touchscreen version, with a clear LCD console and quick-select speed and incline buttons. No menus between you and your run. Step on, press start, go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMarathon block in the summer. Tempo runs after the office. A long easy run on a Friday morning while the house sleeps. The F85 is built for people who run on purpose, not occasionally.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is what an independent reviewer found:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/aYRzc2c_Ktw\" title=\"Sole F85 Treadmill Review\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 4.0 CHP motor: built for daily distance running, it never feels strained at pace.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 56cm x 152cm cushioned deck: wide enough for a full stride at speed, easy on knees and hips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 15 incline levels: hill repeats and long climbs without leaving the house.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Quick-select console: jump straight to a speed or incline with one press, no scrolling mid-run.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Heavy, stable frame: no shake or wander even during hard intervals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe F85 earns its place in the homes of runners who log real weekly mileage. When it is 44 degrees outside, your training plan does not pause, it just moves indoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt also folds. The deck lifts on hydraulic assist, which matters in rooms that do double duty. Serious machine, sensible footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are preparing for a race, renting for the training block is often smarter than buying. You get the flagship machine exactly when you need it, and hand it back after the finish line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rent for a training block or a season instead of committing to a purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap to a different machine if your training changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Talk to us about buying it later if it becomes permanent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sole F85 rents for 799 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location. Demand is seasonal, so it is worth booking ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether you need the F85 or whether the F63 would do the job? Call or WhatsApp me and I will tell you honestly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Sole F85, classic non-touchscreen version\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Motor: 4.0 CHP\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Running surface: 56cm x 152cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Incline: 15 levels\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Console: LCD with quick-select speed and incline\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Machine weight: approximately 127 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Folding: hydraulic easy-assist with safety lock\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about mileage, space or delivery? Message me directly, there is no pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sole F85 is 799 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45052866330807,"sku":null,"price":799.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/40b4a2_b01ce48383744f6c8482f7e56c77adcc_mv2_d_1980_1980_s_2.png?v=1784547036"},{"product_id":"technogym-synchro-excite-1000-elliptical","title":"Technogym Synchro Elliptical Rental. The Five-Star Hotel Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnogym Synchro Excite 1000 Elliptical Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Technogym Synchro Excite, the elliptical you find in five-star hotel gyms and premium clubs around the world. Technogym builds the machines that serious operators choose when the equipment has to feel flawless every day for years, and the Synchro is their cross trainer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rear-drive system gives a long, natural stride that feels closer to running than stepping, with none of the impact. Knees, hips and ankles are spared entirely, which is why physios and rehabilitation centres trust this machine, and why it suits everyone from returning-from-injury walkers to fit athletes chasing a serious sweat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you have ever finished a hotel gym session and thought the machines at home never feel like this, this is that machine, in your home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- A genuinely natural stride: the rear-drive design replicates walking and running motion without joint stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 25 resistance levels: from gentle warm-ups to leg-burning climbs, with room to progress for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 17 built-in programmes: fat burning, endurance, intervals and more, ready at the touch of a button.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Heart rate training: built-in hand sensors, plus wireless chest strap support for accurate zone work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial build quality: oversized non-slip pedals, multi-grip handlebars, and the solid, silent feel Technogym is famous for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe elliptical is the most forgiving serious cardio machine there is. You can read, watch a series or take a call while using it, and still finish with real work done. That makes it the machine that actually gets used five days a week, not just admired.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits shared households especially well. One machine works for a marathon runner on recovery day, a parent getting back into training, and a grandparent who needs zero-impact movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Technogym equipment costs serious money to buy. Renting gives you the experience without the capital.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Find out whether the habit sticks before committing thousands of dirhams.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are handled for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Continue month to month after the first month, or return it whenever you are done.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Technogym Synchro Excite elliptical rents at 899 AED per month, including VAT. Delivery and installation are normally arranged within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether an elliptical or a treadmill suits you better? Message us on WhatsApp at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003e+971 58 526 4552\u003c\/a\u003e and we will give you an honest recommendation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45069811482807,"sku":null,"price":899.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/TechnogymSynchroExcite1000elliptical3.webp?v=1752861478"},{"product_id":"life-fitness-clsx-elliptical","title":"Life Fitness CLSX Rental. The Smoothest Machine On Any Gym Floor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLife Fitness Integrity Series CLSX Elliptical Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Life Fitness Integrity Series CLSX, the cross-trainer you remember from proper health clubs: the one that felt smoother than everything else on the floor. Full commercial build, a natural 46cm stride, 25 resistance levels and a motion so fluid it feels engineered rather than assembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is also self-powered. Your movement generates its electricity, so it needs no socket and can live anywhere in the house.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eZero impact, total output. The CLSX gives you a genuine cardio session with none of the pounding, which is why physios and older athletes love ellipticals, and why the club-grade ones get queued for at peak hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is a closer look at the machine:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/grImYBCaQQY\" title=\"Life Fitness CLSX Integrity Cross Trainer\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Genuine commercial smoothness: the difference between this and home ellipticals is obvious within 30 seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Zero impact: knees, hips and ankles are spared entirely, so daily use is comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 25 resistance levels: from recovery spinning to serious interval work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Self-powered: no cables, no socket, place it anywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Whisper-quiet: early sessions and late sessions bother nobody.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CLSX suits anyone managing joints: runners in recovery, tennis players protecting knees, and anyone whose body has asked for lower impact without lower effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is also the machine people actually stay on. Because nothing hurts afterwards, 40 minute sessions with a podcast become normal rather than heroic, and the weekly volume quietly adds up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Club-grade cardio without the club membership or the commute.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Built for years of daily club use, so household use is effortless.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or return whenever your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Life Fitness CLSX rents for 899 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a large machine, around 211cm long. WhatsApp me a photo of your space and I will confirm the fit honestly before you decide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Life Fitness Integrity Series CLSX\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Stride length: 46cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Resistance: 25 levels\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Power: self-powered, no mains required\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Dimensions: approximately 211cm x 94cm x 161cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 159 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeciding between an elliptical and a treadmill? Message me and I will give you an honest recommendation for your joints, your goals and your space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CLSX is 899 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the equipment you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45069907394743,"sku":null,"price":899.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/main_c4b867a6-d4f7-455d-a875-8174b3c5e3ad.webp?v=1752075690"},{"product_id":"horison-paragon-x-treadmill","title":"Horizon Paragon X Rental. Trail Running, Indoors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHorizon Paragon X Treadmill Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Horizon Paragon X, a treadmill engineered to make indoor running feel like the trail. Its adjustable air cushioning adapts to your speed and incline, a 3.25 HP Johnson drive system keeps everything smooth at pace, and the 56cm x 153cm running surface gives you room to stride properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith speed to 20 km\/h, incline to 15 percent and 21 built-in programmes, it covers everything from recovery walks to hard interval sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome machines are for walking while reading emails. The Paragon X is for people who actually like running and want the feel to be right: responsive underfoot, quiet, and stable at speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHere is a closer look at the machine in action:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/5lZMDMxL80M\" title=\"Horizon Paragon X Treadmill Walkthrough\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Adjustable air cushioning: the deck softens or firms depending on how you are training, kinder on joints over long mileage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 3.25 HP Johnson drive: smooth and consistent, even during sprint intervals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 56cm x 153cm running surface: full stride length at any speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 21 built-in programmes: HIIT, distance, intervals and heart-rate sessions ready to go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Hydraulic folding: a serious runner's machine that still gives the floor back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Paragon X suits runners who miss the variety of outdoor running. The cushioning system changes the feel of the deck through a session, which keeps long indoor runs from going stale.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt handles shared use easily. One person walks incline intervals in the morning, another runs tempo in the evening, and the machine has capacity to spare with a 180 kg user weight rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Try a premium running machine through a full training cycle before committing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for summer training or race preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Return, swap or upgrade as needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Horizon Paragon X rents for 899 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether it will fit your room? WhatsApp me a photo and rough measurements and I will confirm quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Horizon Paragon X\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Motor: 3.25 HP Johnson Drive System\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Speed: 0.8 to 20 km\/h\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Incline: 0 to 15 percent\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Running surface: 153cm x 56cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Cushioning: variable response adjustable air cushioning\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Programmes: 21 built in\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 180 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Dimensions: 206cm x 97cm x 147cm, folds to 114cm x 97cm x 181cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Machine weight: 125 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about how it compares with the Sole or NordicTrack machines? Message me and I will give you an honest answer for your kind of running.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Paragon X is 899 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45069929087159,"sku":null,"price":899.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/HorizonparagonX5.webp?v=1752843042"},{"product_id":"commercial-ice-bath-and-chiller","title":"Commercial Ice Bath and Chiller Rental in Dubai. Serious Cold, Properly Filtered","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Ice Bath and Chiller Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental at a glance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 1,997 AED per month including VAT\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 5,497 AED for three months including VAT, which works out at 1,832 AED per month\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Minimum rental one month, then month to month\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and collection included, free across Dubai\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Servicing included: filter changes, water changes and cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivered within 24 to 48 hours, excluding Sundays\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Available across Dubai, Abu Dhabi, Sharjah and all Emirates. Selected GCC countries on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Water temperature adjustable from 1 to 45 degrees Celsius\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Separate external filtration unit, independent of the chiller\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No ice required. The chiller cools the water and holds it there.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Runs from a standard 13A household socket. No plumbing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003eThis is the setup for cold water that gets used hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe difference is the filtration. On a standard ice bath, water passes through a filter built into the chiller. On this one the filtration is a separate external unit with its own larger filter cartridge, working independently of the cooling system. More water moved, more contact time, a bigger filter surface, and filtration that keeps running regardless of what the chiller is doing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat matters when more than one person is using the bath, when it runs every day, or when it sits outdoors in Dubai and picks up dust as well as skin, oils and sweat. It is the same reason commercial pools do not rely on a filter tucked inside the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Separate filtration system: an external unit with a larger cartridge, independent of the chiller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Water that stays clear for longer between changes, even with daily or shared use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Set it and forget it: choose your temperature on the app and the chiller holds it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Genuinely cold: 2,450W of cooling brings 300 litres from 23 degrees down to 5 degrees in under four hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- It also heats: the same unit warms water up to 45 degrees, so it works year round.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ozone disinfection running continuously alongside the filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho this is for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHouseholds where several people plunge. Gyms, studios, clinics and recovery rooms. Sports teams. Anywhere the bath is used every day rather than a few times a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf one person is using it a few mornings a week, our standard ice bath rental at 1,600 AED per month does the same job for less. Take this one if the bath is going to work hard, and pay the difference for filtration that keeps up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery price is set out side by side here: \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/money-page\/ice-bath-rental-prices-dubai\"\u003eice bath rental prices in Dubai\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Find out whether cold exposure sticks before spending on a permanent setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No upfront cost, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation, filling and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Servicing is included. We change filters, change the water and clean the tub and chiller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- If the chiller develops a fault, we repair or replace it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- We collect it whenever you are done.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If the unit develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFiltration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Separate external filtration unit, independent of the chiller\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial filter cartridge: 225mm diameter x 445mm high\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Larger surface area and longer service intervals than an in-chiller filter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Filter changes included in your rental\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChiller specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: SY-10-HC PRO, 1.0 horsepower\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Power: 220 to 240V, 50\/60Hz, 6.5A, 1,060W input. Standard 13A household socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Cooling capacity: 2,450W\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Water temperature: 1 to 45 degrees Celsius, fully adjustable\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Heating function included\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Cooling time: 300 litres from 23 to 5 degrees in under 4 hours\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Refrigerant: R410A\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Disinfection: built-in ozone generator\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Control: 5 inch colour screen, plus WiFi with iOS and Android app\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Unit size: 56 x 38 x 56.5cm, 40kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Transport wheels, carry handle and quick connectors\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Certification: ETL, PSE, CE, SAA, IPX-4\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTell me how many people will be using it and how often, and I will tell you honestly whether you need this one or the standard setup at 1,600 AED per month. There is no point paying for filtration you will not use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48754344296631,"sku":null,"price":1997.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/image_souna_section_2.webp?v=1775483140"},{"product_id":"vertical-large-tub-ice-bath-and-chiller","title":"VIP Wooden Ice Bath and Chiller Rental in Dubai. The Plunge That Belongs On Show","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVIP Wooden Ice Bath and Chiller Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental at a glance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 2,600 AED per month including VAT\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 6,997 AED for three months including VAT, which works out at 2,332 AED per month\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Minimum rental one month, then month to month\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and collection included, free across Dubai\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Servicing included: filter changes, water changes and cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivered within 24 to 48 hours, excluding Sundays\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Available across Dubai, Abu Dhabi, Sharjah and all Emirates. Selected GCC countries on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Solid timber tub with insulated internal tank, stainless steel bands and matching timber lid\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Matching two-step timber staircase included\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Approximately 350 to 420 litres in use, 90cm water depth, one adult up to about 200cm tall\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Water temperature adjustable from 1 to 45 degrees Celsius\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No ice required. The chiller cools the water and holds it there.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Runs from a standard 13A household socket. No plumbing required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003eThis is the ice bath for spaces where the equipment is meant to be seen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSolid timber cladding with a weather-resistant finish, two stainless steel retaining bands, an insulated waterproof tank inside, a matching timber lid and a matching two-step staircase. It is a piece of furniture that happens to hold cold water, and it belongs in a designed space rather than tucked behind the villa.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe water sits around 90cm deep, so you are submerged to the shoulders rather than lying back with your knees out. The insulated tank holds temperature efficiently, which means the chiller runs less and the water stays where you set it between sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- It looks like furniture: solid timber, not a plastic tub or a soft-sided bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Full-body immersion: 90cm of water depth puts your shoulders under.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Timber steps included, so getting in and out is straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Insulated tank and insulated lid hold temperature between sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Set it and forget it: choose your temperature on the app and the chiller holds it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- It also heats: the same unit warms water up to 45 degrees, so it works year round.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich ice bath should you take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the only one that is a piece of furniture. Take it if the plunge is part of the design of the space, or if you are hosting people who will see it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur standard PVC tubs, horizontal and upright barrel, cost 1,600 AED per month, and the commercial setup with its separate external filtration is 1,997 AED per month. They do the same job functionally, so this is a choice about how it looks and feels, not about performance. Tell me where it is going and I will be honest about which one suits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery price is set out side by side here: \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/money-page\/ice-bath-rental-prices-dubai\"\u003eice bath rental prices in Dubai\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTerraces, courtyards, garden rooms, and recovery corners in home gyms where the equipment is on show. Mornings before work. After training. On the days that need resetting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is heavier and less portable than our PVC tubs, so it suits a permanent spot on a flat, load-bearing surface, indoors or in sheltered outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Find out whether cold exposure sticks for you before spending on a permanent setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No upfront cost, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, positioning, filling and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Servicing is included. We change filters, change the water and clean the tub and chiller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- If the chiller develops a fault, we repair or replace it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- We collect it whenever you are done.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If the unit develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTub specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- External dimensions: approximately 115cm wide x 90cm deep x 110cm high\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Internal dimensions: approximately 98cm wide x 72cm deep, with 90cm water depth\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Water volume: approximately 350 to 420 litres in normal use, 450 to 500 litres maximum\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Capacity: one adult, suitable up to approximately 200cm tall\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Empty weight: approximately 75 to 100kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Exterior: solid timber vertical cladding with a weather-resistant finish\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Interior: waterproof, insulated internal tank\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Reinforcement: two stainless steel retaining bands\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Included: matching insulated timber lid and matching freestanding two-step timber staircase\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Connections: upper water return, lower suction, low-level drain valve\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Installation: indoor or sheltered outdoor, on a flat load-bearing surface\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- We confirm exact dimensions with you before delivery. Send us a photo of your space and we will check it fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChiller specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: SY-10-HC PRO, 1.0 horsepower\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Power: 220 to 240V, 50\/60Hz, 6.5A, 1,060W input. Standard 13A household socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Cooling capacity: 2,450W\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Water temperature: 1 to 45 degrees Celsius, fully adjustable\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Heating function included\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Refrigerant: R410A\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Disinfection: built-in ozone generator\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Filtration: multi-stage water filter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Control: 5 inch colour screen, plus WiFi with iOS and Android app\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Unit size: 56 x 38 x 56.5cm, 40kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Transport wheels, carry handle and quick connectors\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Certification: ETL, PSE, CE, SAA, IPX-4\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe hold one of these. If you want it, tell me your dates early. Send me a photo of the space and I will confirm it works, including access, since this one is considerably heavier than our PVC tubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhatsApp\u003c\/strong\u003e 058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48759258677431,"sku":null,"price":2600.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/image3_souna_section_2.webp?v=1775483140"},{"product_id":"technogym-excite-recline-rental-serious-cardio-sitting-comfortably","title":"Technogym Excite Recline Rental. Serious Cardio, Sitting Comfortably","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnogym Excite Recline Recumbent Bike Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the Technogym Excite Recline, the recumbent bike from the commercial cardio line Technogym supplies to the world's best hotel gyms and private health clubs. This is the LED console version from around 2021, with a back-supported seat, a walk-through frame and 25 electronically controlled resistance levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the bike to choose when you want steady, comfortable cardio you will actually keep doing. The seat supports your lower back, the pedals sit out in front of you, and getting on takes one small step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePut on a podcast or the football and let the minutes pass. It suits a long easy session in the evening just as well as a harder interval ride before lunch, and because the riding position is so settled, the whole household tends to use it, including the family members who would never touch an upright bike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is a trainer's hands-on look at how to set up and ride a Technogym recumbent:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/xmbDumiVYQo\" title=\"Technogym Recumbent Bike Tutorial\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0); text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ePLEASE NOTE -\u003c\/span\u003e ours only has an LED button screen, not a touchscreen. \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Walk-through frame with a 6.5cm step-over: getting on and off is one easy step, with no swinging a leg over a high frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Back-supported seat with 27 positions and a 4-position backrest: every rider in the house finds a comfortable fit in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- 25 electronically controlled resistance levels: everything from a gentle recovery spin to proper interval work, at the touch of a button.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Constant heart rate program: set a target and the bike adjusts resistance to hold you there, useful for controlled, steady sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Full commercial build rated to a 220kg user: the same machine hotels run all day, so it feels planted and quiet at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Recline suits people who want consistency without drama. Because you are seated and supported, a 45 minute session passes easily with a book, a series or a phone call, and the machine is quiet enough that nobody else in the house notices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is also the easiest cardio machine to share. Visiting parents use it, teenagers use it, and anyone easing back into regular exercise tends to start here because nothing about it feels intimidating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Live with a full commercial recumbent before deciding whether to own one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are handled for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Swap to a different machine if your preferences change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Access a far better bike than most people would ever buy for home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Technogym Excite Recline rents for 799 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether a recumbent or an upright bike suits you better? Call or WhatsApp me and I will talk you through it honestly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Model: Technogym Excite Recline, LED console version, approximately 2021 generation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Dimensions: 160cm long x 60cm wide x 129cm high\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Machine weight: 81kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 220kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Resistance: electronically controlled, 25 levels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Seat: 27 positions with a 4-position adjustable backrest\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Step-over height: 6.5cm walk-through frame\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Console: Technogym LED display with quick start, goal and constant heart rate programs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Heart rate: hand sensors, chest strap compatible\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are choosing between this and an upright bike, or you are not sure it will suit the person who will actually ride it, message me and I will give you a straight answer. No pressure either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Technogym Excite Recline is 799 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49051307507895,"sku":null,"price":799.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/technogymexcite2recumbentbike.png?v=1787660756"},{"product_id":"nordictrack-s10i-rental-studio-classes-trainer-in-control","title":"NordicTrack S10i Rental. Studio Classes, Trainer In Control","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNordicTrack Commercial S10i Studio Cycle Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the NordicTrack Commercial S10i, a studio cycle built around iFit, the interactive training platform. A 10 inch rotating touchscreen streams live and on-demand classes plus scenic rides filmed around the world, and the trainer controls the bike for you: resistance and incline adjust automatically as the session unfolds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hardware underneath is serious too. 22 silent magnetic resistance levels and a motorised incline running from minus 10 percent to plus 20 percent, so climbs and descents feel like actual road.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou clip in, pick a ride through the Alps or a studio session, and stop making decisions. The trainer sets the pace and the bike follows their instructions. When the ride ends, swivel the screen and finish with a stretch or a strength session on the mat beside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is an owner's long-term review of the S10i:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/mU-TAWO0P2Q\" title=\"NordicTrack S10i Owner Review\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- iFit trainer control: resistance and incline change automatically with the class, so you ride instead of reaching for buttons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Motorised incline from minus 10 to plus 20 percent: hardware most studio bikes do not have, and the reason climbs feel real.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- 10 inch rotating touchscreen: follow the class on the bike, then turn the screen for floor workouts, strength and stretching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- 22 silent magnetic resistance levels: smooth, quiet changes that will not disturb anyone at night.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Dual-sided pedals: toe cages on one side for trainers, clip-in on the other for cycling shoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe S10i suits people who ride harder when someone else is running the session. Between calls, before work or after the children are in bed, you get a coached class without booking, driving or waiting for a bike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne thing to know upfront: you will need WiFi and an iFit membership to unlock the classes, and one membership covers up to five profiles, so the whole family can train under their own names. Without a membership the bike still works in manual mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Find out whether coached home cycling becomes a real habit before spending thousands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are handled for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Swap to a different bike, or a treadmill, as your training changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for a temporary stay in Dubai or a season of indoor training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe NordicTrack S10i rents for 899 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeighing it against a Peloton? Call or WhatsApp me and I will give you an honest steer for how you actually train.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Model: NordicTrack Commercial S10i Studio Cycle, international version\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Dimensions: approximately 140cm long x 56cm wide x 141cm high\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Machine weight: 84kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 160kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Resistance: 22 digital silent magnetic levels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Incline: motorised, minus 10 percent to plus 20 percent\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Screen: 10 inch HD rotating touchscreen\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Pedals: dual-sided, toe cage and clip-in\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Connectivity: WiFi for iFit, Bluetooth for headphones and heart rate straps\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Power: mains powered\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- iFit membership required for classes and scenic rides. Manual mode works without it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are unsure whether the S10i, a Peloton or a simple spin bike is the right call for you, message me and I will tell you honestly. No pressure either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe NordicTrack S10i is 899 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49051307573431,"sku":null,"price":899.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/nordictracks10i-3.png?v=1787657274"},{"product_id":"technogym-group-cycle-rental-the-spin-studio-bike-at-home","title":"Technogym Group Cycle Rental. The Spin Studio Bike, At Home","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnogym Group Cycle Connect Spin Bike Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the Technogym Group Cycle Connect, the bike high-end gyms use for their group cycling classes. Contactless magnetic resistance, a Kevlar-corded belt drive and a self-powered 5 inch LED backlit console showing your power in watts, cadence, speed, calories and heart rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt needs no plug and no subscription. Set it down, adjust the saddle and bars, and it is ready to ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow a class on your phone or TV, ride to your own playlist, or do a focused 30 minutes of intervals with your watts in front of you. Because it is completely self-powered there is no cable, so it lives wherever suits the room rather than wherever the socket happens to be.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is a hands-on demo of the exact bike:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/YV3iCIeMZQ0\" title=\"Technogym Group Cycle Connect Demo\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Contactless magnetic resistance: six neodymium magnets, nothing touching, nothing wearing, near silent at any hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Power measured to within 2 percent: real watts from a calibrated sensor, so your numbers mean something week to week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Kevlar-corded belt drive: none of the rattle or maintenance of a chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Four-way saddle and handlebar adjustment: riders from 140cm to 210cm set a proper position in under a minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Fully self-powered console: it runs off your pedalling, so there is no cable across the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bike suits people who already know they love studio cycling and want the same ride at home. No booking, no traffic, no waiting for the 6pm class to have a free bike. Your music, your temperature, your schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCouples share it easily because the fit changes in seconds, and it earns its place in a hotel gym, an office gym or a villa just the same. It is built to survive back-to-back classes, so one household will never wear it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Ride the bike real studios use before committing to buy anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are handled for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Swap to a Peloton or another bike if you decide you want classes on a screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for a temporary stay in Dubai or a season of indoor riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Technogym Group Cycle Connect rents for 699 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether this or a bike with a screen suits you better? Call or WhatsApp me and I will talk you through the difference honestly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Model: Technogym Group Cycle Connect\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Dimensions: 117cm long x 59cm wide x 105cm high\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Machine weight: 67kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 160kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- User height range: 140cm to 210cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Resistance: contactless magnetic, six neodymium magnets, rotary control with tactile increments\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Drive: Poly-V belt with Kevlar cords\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Flywheel: 17.4kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Console: self-powered 5 inch LED backlit display showing watts, RPM, speed, calories and heart rate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Pedals: dual-sided SPD\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Crank length: 170mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are choosing between this, a Peloton or an air bike, message me and I will give you a straight recommendation for how you ride. No pressure either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Technogym Group Cycle Connect is 699 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49051307638967,"sku":null,"price":699.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/TechnogymSpinBikeMaster.jpg?v=1787656581"},{"product_id":"hyrox-training-package-rental-the-race-stations-at-your-place","title":"Hyrox Training Package Rental. The Race Stations, At Your Place","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHyrox Training Package Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a rental package built around the Hyrox race stations, so you train for the actual event rather than a rough imitation of it. The race is eight stations separated by 1km runs, and this package brings the station work home: SkiErg, sled push and pull, rowing, farmers carry, sandbag lunges and wall balls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe configure the exact equipment mix around your space, your race date and who is training, then deliver and set everything up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRace performance is mostly built in the unglamorous repetitions: sled runs on tired legs, wall balls when your shoulders are done, transitions practised until they are automatic. With the stations at home, that work happens on your schedule, alone or with your race partner, with no queue for the sled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew to the race? Here is a clear explainer of the format:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/HxWeE6HJPMI\" title=\"What is Hyrox\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- SkiErg and rower: the two machine stations, so pacing them becomes second nature long before race day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Sled with push and pull setup: the station most first-timers underestimate, available whenever you want to practise it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Wall balls, sandbag and farmers carry equipment: rehearse the carries and rep schemes exactly as they appear in the race.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Kettlebells and conditioning accessories: for the strength work that holds the whole race together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Configured to your space: villa garden, garage, warehouse bay or building gym. We tell you honestly what fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package suits individuals and doubles pairs preparing for a race, and it works just as well for a group of friends or colleagues training together. Sessions happen before work, after the children are in bed, or in a spare 40 minutes that would otherwise disappear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt also suits gyms, studios and companies running Hyrox-style classes or team events. Rent it for the season, then hand it back when the race is done instead of owning a sled you no longer use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Train a full race cycle without buying equipment you may not use after the event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Delivery and setup are handled for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Adjust the mix as your training changes, or scale up for a group.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Hand it back after race season and get your garage back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Delivery and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If any item develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and that part of your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Swap or add equipment as your training changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hyrox training package rents from 699 AED per month, including VAT, depending on the configuration. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. A deposit may be required on larger configurations. Delivery and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot sure what fits your space or your race plan? WhatsApp me a photo of the area and your race date, and I will suggest the right mix honestly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Typical contents: SkiErg, indoor rower, sled with push and pull setup, wall balls, sandbag, farmers carry equipment, kettlebells\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Exact contents and weights are confirmed with you before delivery\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Sled work needs a clear strip of floor, garden or garage. We advise on your space before you commit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell me your race date, your space and who is training, and I will put the right package together. If something is not worth renting for your situation, I will say so. No pressure either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hyrox training package is from 699 AED per month including VAT, delivered and set up, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with the training? In many cases you can buy the equipment you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49051308228791,"sku":null,"price":997.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/Erb2lzA49WLV6CCRNP_B2.jpg?v=1787656300"},{"product_id":"commercial-gym-package-rental-your-equipment-is-late-your-opening-is-not","title":"Commercial Gym Package Rental. Your Equipment Is Late. Your Opening Is Not.","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial Gym Package Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a complete commercial gym floor, delivered and installed as a rental. Four cardio machines, eight weight machines, a set of dumbbells, adjustable benches, Olympic bars and plates, a power rack, spin bikes and the accessories that make a floor feel finished.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt exists for one situation above all: your ordered equipment has not arrived. The shipment is delayed, the fit-out is finished, and members or hotel guests are expecting a working gym. We install a full floor so you open on schedule, and you hand it back when your own equipment lands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpening day arrives and instead of an empty room and apologies, there is a working floor. Cardio running, plates loaded, benches set. Nobody who walks in knows it is rented, and your launch happens on the date you promised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- A full floor in one delivery: cardio, machines, free weights and accessories arrive together, installed and ready for members.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Commercial-grade throughout: equipment built for all-day traffic, not home machines pushed past their limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Planned around your floor plan: we lay the space out with you so it trains well from day one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- One point of contact: delivery, installation and maintenance are all handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month: hand it back when your own equipment arrives, without drama.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe obvious case is the delayed container. You ordered a full gym from overseas, the dates slipped, and the gap between fit-out and delivery is now measured in months. This package closes that gap and protects your opening, your memberships and your reputation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt works just as well for renovations, where the gym must stay open while the floor is redone, and for pop-ups, seasonal camps, film sets and temporary facilities that need a real gym for a defined period without buying one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Open on your planned date instead of waiting for a shipment you cannot control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Keep memberships, bookings and guest expectations intact during the gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- No capital spent on equipment you only need temporarily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and layout planning are handled for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Hand everything back when your own equipment arrives, or keep parts longer if plans change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts. Please note, for some gym package deals, there may be a deposit required or a payment plan. Get in touch, let's discuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If any machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and that part of your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Swap or add equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- One call reaches the team that delivered your floor, not a call centre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommercial gym packages are priced on request, because every quote is built around your exact mix, duration and location. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. VAT is included in quoted prices. A deposit may be required on whole-gym packages. Delivery, installation and setup are handled by our team, with timing agreed with you at booking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSend me your floor plan or a few photos on WhatsApp with your opening date, and I will come back with a straight quote and an honest view on what you actually need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Four commercial cardio machines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Eight weight machines\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Set of dumbbells\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Three adjustable benches\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Three Olympic bars with three sets of weight plates\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Power rack with J-cups and safety bar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Fully commercial glute hamstring bench\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Hyperextension bench and abdominal bench\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Three spin bikes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Accessories: fit balls, medicine balls and kettlebells with a storage rack\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Exact models depend on stock at the time of booking. We confirm the full list with you before delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTell me your opening date, your floor size and what your members expect, and I will build the package around it. If your own equipment is closer than you think and renting is not worth it, I will tell you that too. No pressure either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommercial gym packages are priced on request, with delivery, installation and setup handled by our team.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. If your delayed equipment arrives sooner than expected, tell us. We collect ours, you carry on, and your members never notice the changeover.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49051308818615,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/Bq1pV5U-BScYF6yy.png?v=1787655800"},{"product_id":"red-light-therapy-panel-rental-clinic-grade-light-at-home","title":"Red Light Therapy Panel Rental. Clinic-Grade Light, At Home","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAL-PRO4000 Red Light Therapy Panel Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the AL-PRO4000, a full-body red light therapy panel on an electric mobile stand. 800 LEDs split evenly between deep red at 660nm and near infrared at 850nm, driven at 1000W across a panel more than 1.6 metres tall, so a whole body session takes minutes rather than patchwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stand does the work for you. Height adjusts electrically from 90cm to 140cm with a remote, the panel rotates a full 360 degrees, and the wheels mean it lives wherever you want it that day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed light at these wavelengths is commonly used by athletes and wellness clinics as part of recovery and skin routines. Stand or lie in front of it with a coffee, a podcast or ten quiet minutes, and it fits before work, after training or last thing at night.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCurious what the science actually says? Here is a dermatologist's honest take:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ycjluSU5DYc\" title=\"Dermatologist explains red light therapy\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Full-body coverage: the 162cm panel treats you head to toe in one session, no repositioning halfway through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Dual wavelengths: 660nm red for the skin's surface and 850nm near infrared that penetrates deeper, in a 1:1 ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Electric mobile stand: height adjusts by remote, rotates 360 degrees and rolls between rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 800 LEDs at 1000W: sessions are short, typically 10 to 20 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Plug and go: works on standard UAE power, no installation beyond positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRenters use it as the third station of a home recovery corner, alongside a sauna and an ice bath, or on its own as a daily habit that takes ten minutes while the coffee brews.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt also suits clinics, spas and gyms wanting to trial red light with members before committing thousands to buying a panel, and shorter rentals work for recovery-focused events and retreats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Panels like this cost over 10,000 AED to buy. Find out if you will actually use it first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery and setup are handled for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Pair it with an ice bath or sauna rental for a complete recovery setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Hand it back anytime if it does not become a habit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If the unit develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe AL-PRO4000 red light therapy panel rents for 499 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure where it would fit or whether red light suits your routine? WhatsApp me and I will give you an honest answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: AL-PRO4000 with electrical mobile stand\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- LEDs: 800 total, 400 x 660nm deep red and 400 x 850nm near infrared\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Power: 1000W\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Panel size: 162.5cm x 48cm x 7cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Stand: electric height adjustment 90cm to 140cm, remote control, 360 degree rotation, wheeled base\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Weight: 32kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Input: AC 85-265V, 50-60Hz\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Lens angle: 30 degrees\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are weighing this against a sauna, an ice bath or nothing at all, message me and I will tell you honestly what I would do in your position. No pressure either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe AL-PRO4000 is 499 AED per month including VAT, delivered and set up, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the unit you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49053307961527,"sku":null,"price":499.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/red_light_panel_5.png?v=1787671837"},{"product_id":"tatami-eva-mats-rental-any-floor-becomes-a-training-floor","title":"Tatami EVA Mats Rental. Any Floor Becomes A Training Floor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTatami EVA Foam Mats Rental in Dubai (1m x 1m, 40mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are professional tatami-textured EVA foam mats, one metre square and a full 40mm thick, the specification used for judo, BJJ and MMA training floors. They interlock into any size of area and come apart just as fast, which is what makes them right for events.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe deliver the quantity you need, lay the floor, and collect everything when your event is done.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA hotel ballroom becomes a dance floor for the weekend. A warehouse corner becomes a fight camp for a training block. A school hall becomes a padded kids zone for a fun day. The floor arrives, the event happens, the floor disappears.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Full 40mm thickness: real impact protection for throws, falls and takedowns, not thin puzzle-mat foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Tatami texture: the traditional grip surface used in judo and BJJ, secure underfoot without burning skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 1m x 1m modules: any area size, from a 3x3m kids corner to a full competition floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Fast install and removal: our team lays and lifts the floor, so your venue turns around quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Clean and inspected: every mat checked and cleaned before it reaches your event.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvent organisers use these for MMA and boxing exhibitions, martial arts seminars and gradings, dance events and rehearsal spaces. Schools and camps use them for holiday programmes and sports days. Companies use them for wellness activations where people train barefoot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGyms and academies also rent them as a temporary training floor while a permanent one is on order, or to expand mat space for a busy season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- A one-weekend event does not justify owning hundreds of mats and storing them for a year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, layout and collection are handled by our team.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Quantities flex from a small play corner to a full event floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Clean, undamaged mats every time, with no storage or maintenance burden.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Bridge the gap while your own permanent flooring is being manufactured or shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTatami mat rentals are priced per event, based on the area you need and how long you need it. Send the venue size and dates and we will come back fast with a clear quote. Delivery, layout and collection are included in the quote. A deposit may be required on larger events.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSend me your dates and the size of the space on WhatsApp and I will price it for you today.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Mat size: 1m x 1m per mat\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Thickness: 40mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Material: high-density EVA foam\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Surface: tatami texture\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Format: interlocking modular mats, laid to any area size\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Suitable for: MMA, boxing, judo, BJJ, dance, kids play areas, events and activations\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTell me the event, the space and the dates, and I will tell you exactly how many mats you need and what it will cost. If mats are the wrong product for your event, I will say so. No pressure either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTatami mat rentals are quoted per event, with delivery, layout and collection handled by our team.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Running a recurring event series? Ask me about a standing arrangement so your floor is guaranteed for every date.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49053319921847,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/Testimonial._Marshall_Dragone_Events._Tatami_Dec_2022..jpg?v=1787671923"},{"product_id":"force-usa-g15-home-strength-studio-rental","title":"Force USA G15 Home Strength Studio Rental","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe G15 Home Strength Studio. A Complete Gym in One Footprint. 899 AED Per Month.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Force USA G15 is the machine we recommend when a client says they want to train everything, properly, in one room. It is a power rack, a Smith machine and a dual cable functional trainer in a single station, built to commercial standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSquat, bench and deadlift in the rack. Press safely alone on the Smith machine. Then run every cable movement you know through the functional trainer, from rows and pulldowns to flys and triceps work. Chin up bar on top, band pegs below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the machine for people who trained seriously in a gym and want that full program at home, without filling the room with six separate stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHere is a closer look at the G15:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/F1LT-isOd6Q\" title=\"Force USA G15 All-In-One Functional Trainer Walkthrough\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Three machines in one footprint: power rack, Smith machine, cable functional trainer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial build quality. It does not move, rattle or flex under heavy work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Every major lift and every cable accessory movement is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Safety built in: Smith machine and rack safeties mean you can train hard alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- A machine of this class costs five figures to buy. Rent it for 899 AED per month and decide later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe G15 Home Strength Studio rents for 899 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe G15 is a serious piece of equipment and needs a sensible access route and ceiling height. WhatsApp me a photo of the space and I will confirm the fit before anything is booked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether the G15 or a functional trainer suits your space better? Message me and I will tell you straight which one fits your training and your room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49053771301047,"sku":null,"price":899.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/G15-Plates_1024x1024_ff6249ed-ffd0-43be-849a-cbdf7621aeba.webp?v=1787669556"},{"product_id":"matrix-ftr30-complete-home-gym-rental","title":"Matrix FTR30 Complete Home Gym Rental","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Matrix FTR30 Complete Home Gym. Everything You Need to Train, Delivered and Installed. 997 AED Per Month.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the package we set up when a client wants a proper home gym working from day one, not just a machine in a corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the centre is the Matrix FTR30 functional trainer, the same dual cable machine you will find in high end hotel gyms and private clubs. Around it we deliver an adjustable bench, a set of dumbbells, a resistance band set and an exercise mat. You are training the same evening it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCables for every pull, press, row and fly. Dumbbells and bench for the classic work. Bands and mat for warm ups, mobility and everything in between. One delivery, one monthly price, nothing else to think about.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHere is a closer look at the FTR30:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tRSOd1-s94I\" title=\"Matrix FTR30 Functional Trainer\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Matrix FTR30 dual cable functional trainer, commercial grade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Adjustable bench, flat to incline.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Dumbbell set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Resistance band set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Exercise mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- The FTR30 cable feel is smooth and consistent in a way home store machines never quite manage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- The full setup covers strength, toning, mobility and rehab style training for the whole household.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Compact footprint. It turns a spare room or garage corner into a real gym without taking the whole space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Bought new, this setup runs well into five figures. Rent the lot for 997 AED per month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Matrix FTR30 Complete Home Gym rents for 997 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhatsApp me a photo of your space and I will confirm the layout before anything is booked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about what the FTR30 covers, or whether this package suits your training? Message me and I will tell you exactly what to expect, no pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the equipment you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49053771497655,"sku":null,"price":997.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/matrix-ftr30-functional-trainer-ftr30_390ca401-884c-46ec-a2c3-37156c57feab.webp?v=1787669556"},{"product_id":"strength-room-package-rental","title":"Strength Room Package Rental","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Strength Room Package. A Real Lifting Setup at Home. 997 AED Per Month.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the people who do not want machines. You want a rack, a bar and plates, the way you have always trained.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Strength Room Package turns a garage, spare room or outdoor space into a proper lifting room. Commercial squat rack, Olympic barbell, bumper plate set, adjustable bench and flooring mat, delivered and installed in one visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSquat, bench, deadlift, press, row. The whole program, at home, on equipment that does not flinch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial squat rack with safeties.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Olympic barbell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Bumper plate set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Adjustable bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Exercise mat \/ floor protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe build each Strength Room around your space and your lifts, so plate weights and rack configuration are confirmed with you on WhatsApp before delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Moving villas, travelling for summer or not sure the garage gym life is for you? Hand it back whenever you like after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If equipment develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Strength Room Package rents for 997 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhatsApp me a photo of the space and I will confirm the setup and access route before anything is booked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWant heavier plates, a different bar or a specific rack? Message me and we will spec your Strength Room properly, no pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the equipment you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49053771530423,"sku":null,"price":997.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/Liftdexhulkpowerrack.squatrack.JumeirahGolfEstate.DPWorld.2022..jpg?v=1787671570"},{"product_id":"technogym-hand-bike-rental","title":"Technogym Hand Bike Rental","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Technogym Hand Bike. Cardio for Your Upper Body. 849 AED Per Month.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the machine physiotherapists ask us for. The Technogym hand bike is an upper body ergometer, the arm powered cardio machine you see in the best rehab clinics and hospital gyms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are recovering from a knee, hip, ankle or foot injury, this is how you keep your heart and lungs strong while the lower body heals. If you use a wheelchair or have limited mobility, it is one of the very few genuinely excellent cardio options that exists. And if you are a boxer, swimmer or grappler, it is a brutal upper body engine builder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTechnogym build quality means the resistance is silky and precise at every level, gentle enough for early rehab and hard enough for serious conditioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHere is a closer look at the machine:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/KrrLUssJMCc\" title=\"Technogym Top Excite Upper Body Ergometer\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho rents this machine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Clients in rehab after lower body surgery or injury, often on their physio's recommendation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Wheelchair users and clients with limited mobility who want proper cardio at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Older clients who want safe, seated, joint friendly conditioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Athletes building upper body endurance for boxing, swimming and combat sports.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Physiotherapists and home care teams who need clinic grade equipment at a client's home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Most rehab windows are two to four months. Rent for exactly that window and hand it back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Technogym hand bike rents for 849 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRenting for rehab and not sure if this is the right machine? Send me your physio's recommendation or just describe the situation, and I will give you a straight answer on whether it fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Physiotherapists and clinics: if you regularly need equipment at clients' homes, message me. We deliver clinic grade machines anywhere in Dubai within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49053772415159,"sku":null,"price":849.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/top-excite.png?v=1787670666"},{"product_id":"recovery-boots-rental-coming-soon","title":"Recovery Boots Rental. Coming Soon","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompression Recovery Boots. Coming Soon. 299 AED Per Month.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe recovery tool the pros use between sessions is coming to our rental fleet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression recovery boots use sequential air pressure to flush your legs after training, the same recovery method used by professional football clubs, marathon runners and triathletes. Twenty to thirty minutes on the sofa, and your legs feel fresh again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey pair perfectly with an ice bath. Cold for the nervous system, compression for the legs. If you are training hard for HYROX, a marathon or the padel court, this is the recovery stack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 299 AED per month, including VAT. No large upfront cost for a premium recovery device.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal as an add-on to an ice bath or any equipment rental.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. Hand them back when the race is done.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReserve a pair\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStock is arriving soon and the first units will go to the waiting list. WhatsApp me to reserve yours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49053772513463,"sku":null,"price":299.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/PT1002-12.jpg?v=1787670623"},{"product_id":"sole-td80-treadmill-desk-rental","title":"Sole TD80 Treadmill Desk Rental. Walk Your Workday","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSole TD80 Treadmill Desk Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Sole TD80, a proper treadmill with a full working desk built over it. You walk at 2 to 4 km\/h while you answer email, take calls and get through the day, and the steps happen without you having to find time for them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSole build it the way they build their running treadmills. A 2.5 HP motor, a 51cm x 127cm cushioned deck and a steel frame, not a thin office gadget that shakes under a laptop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost people who put one in do it for the same reason. Dubai takes outdoor walking off the table for five months of the year, and a desk job removes what is left. This puts it back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHere is a closer look at the TD80 in use:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/srFKvZDNmbo\" title=\"Sole TD80 Treadmill Desk\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 0.8 to 6 km\/h speed range: slow enough to type accurately, quick enough for a real walking block between meetings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 47 inch by 32 inch working surface: laptop, second screen, notepad and coffee all fit, with room to actually work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Quick speed select: slow, medium and fast on one press, so you are not hunting through a menu mid call.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Cushioned deck and a quiet 2.5 HP motor: nobody on the video call will hear it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Adjustable desk height: set it once to your height and forget it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Folds fully: desk and deck fold away, so the room goes back to being a room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTen thousand steps is not a workout, it is a baseline, and most people here miss it by a mile between the car, the lift and the desk. Two hours of admin on the TD80 at 3 km\/h is roughly six thousand steps you did not have to schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits home office days, executive offices and anyone who sits through back to back calls. It is a walking machine rather than a running machine, so if you also want to run, pair it with an F80 or an F85.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOffices rent it as a shared walking desk on a floor, and it is usually the thing people talk about. Ask us about multiple units.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Test the habit before you commit to the machine. Some people love a walking desk, some never use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for villas, home offices, executive offices and corporate floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Talk to us about purchase later if it becomes permanent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sole TD80 rents for 1,399 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TD80 is heavy and arrives in one piece, so it needs a sensible access route and a lift if you are above ground floor. WhatsApp me a photo of the room and the way in and I will confirm the fit before anything is booked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Sole TD80 treadmill desk\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Motor: 2.5 HP\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Speed: 0.8 to 6 km\/h\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Walking surface: 51cm x 127cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Working surface: 47 inches x 32 inches\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Console: backlit LCD with slow, medium and fast quick select\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Desk height: adjustable\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 120 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Machine weight: 115 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Folding: desk and deck fold fully for storage\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether a walking desk is right for your room, your ceiling height or your team? Message me and I will tell you honestly, there is no pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sole TD80 is 1,399 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49174422880439,"sku":null,"price":1399.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/40b4a2_e3cf72cc1c8a41799783a9ce1e706a08_mv2_d_1980_1980_s_2.png?v=1789314209"},{"product_id":"matrix-endurance-climbmill-rental","title":"Matrix Endurance ClimbMill Rental. The Hardest Twenty Minutes In Cardio","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMatrix Endurance ClimbMill Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Matrix Endurance ClimbMill, the revolving staircase you find in serious health clubs. Not a stepper with pedals, an actual moving staircase with commercial steps, driven by an industrial chain and belt system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is nothing else in cardio quite like it. Twenty minutes on a ClimbMill will do what forty minutes on a treadmill does, and your legs will tell you about it the next day. It is the machine people quietly build their conditioning on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatrix build it for clubs that run it twelve hours a day, so a household will never come close to working it hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHere is a closer look at the ClimbMill in use:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/DmZDil8r6wg\" title=\"Matrix ClimbMill Demo\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease read this before you enquire\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ClimbMill goes into ground floor villas only. We do not place it in apartments, and we do not take it upstairs. Three reasons, all of them practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- It is 218cm tall and you stand on top of it, so you need real ceiling height. Think three metres and up, not a standard 2.4 metre room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- It is heavy commercial equipment and arrives in one piece. It needs a level ground floor room with a straight access route.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- A revolving staircase transmits movement into a floor. In a villa on ground level nobody notices. In an apartment, your neighbour does.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your space fits, it is one of the best machines you can put in a home gym. If it does not, tell us and we will point you at a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Real revolving steps: commercial depth and width, so you climb properly instead of shuffling on a plastic pedal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Clutched ECB drive with industrial chain and belt: smooth, quiet and completely unbothered by heavy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- LED console with a large readout: step rate, time, floors, calories and heart rate, visible without reading glasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Seven programmes including intervals, rolling hills, fat burn, glute training and target heart rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Perimeter handlebars: somewhere natural to hold at every position, which matters more than it sounds when your legs go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 182 kg maximum user weight: rock solid under anyone in the house.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStair climbing is the most time-efficient cardio most people can do. It loads the glutes and hamstrings, it is low impact compared with running, and it takes the excuse of not having time off the table. Twenty minutes is a session.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is also the machine that changes how a home gym looks. A ClimbMill in the corner of a villa gym tells everyone who walks in that the room is serious.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eClients rent it for a body composition push, for hiking and altitude preparation, and for the months when it is too hot to walk anywhere outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- A new commercial ClimbMill is a five figure purchase. Renting gets you the same machine for the months you actually want it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for villa gyms, personal training studios and sports teams in pre-season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Talk to us about purchase later if it becomes permanent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Matrix Endurance ClimbMill rents for 2,499 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround floor villas only, and we survey the access route before we book. WhatsApp me a photo of the room, the ceiling height and the way in, and I will confirm the fit the same day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe hold one of these, so availability is first come.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Matrix Endurance ClimbMill, LED console\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Drive: clutched ECB with industrial grade chain and belt\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Console: LED with large readout and message centre\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Programmes: 7, including intervals, rolling hills, fat burn, glute training and target heart rate\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Step size: 25cm x 46cm x 20cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Assembled size: 161cm (L) x 102cm (W) x 218cm (H)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 182 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Minimum user weight: 45 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Heart rate: contact and telemetric\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Power: 100 to 240V, 50\/60Hz\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Placement: ground floor villas only, minimum three metre ceiling recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether your room takes it? Send me a photo and the ceiling height and I will tell you straight, including when the answer is no.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Matrix Endurance ClimbMill is 2,499 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49174903718071,"sku":null,"price":2499.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/matrix-endurance-climbmill-with-led-console-main.jpg?v=1789319593"},{"product_id":"align-pilates-c8-pro-reformer-rental","title":"Align Pilates C8 Pro Reformer Rental. Studio Pilates, At Home","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlign Pilates C8 Pro Reformer Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the C8 Pro in Noir black, the reformer that studios buy when they want studio quality without a studio budget. Oversized aluminium frame, eight wheel carriage, aluminium runners and the near silent rope and pulley system Align Pilates are known for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost home reformers are compromises. This one is not. It has 106cm of carriage travel, which is class leading, and a 92cm by 58cm bed, which means tall clients are not folded onto a plank. If you have trained on a good studio reformer, this will feel familiar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Noir finish is the reason people choose it for the house rather than the studio. It looks like furniture, not equipment, which matters when it lives in a bedroom or a living space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rapid Change spring bar: swap spring tension one handed, in one action, mid flow. This is the feature instructors comment on first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- 106cm carriage travel: full range on long stretches, no cut short reps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Eight wheel carriage on aluminium runners: glides without noise or wobble, and stays centred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Silent system ropes, pulleys and handles: no metal on metal clicking, which is the difference between calm and irritating at 6am.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Four footbar positions including flat, three headrest positions and seven rope riser heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Five springs in three strengths, so beginners and strong clients use the same machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Stands upright and stacks, so it does not have to own the room when you are done.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost people who rent a reformer already do Pilates and are tired of paying 150 to 250 AED a class, or of booking three days ahead to get a slot. Two sessions a week at a studio costs more per month than this does.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt also works the other way. Some clients rent it to find out whether reformer Pilates is actually for them before they commit to buying one. Either answer is fine by us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits villas, apartments and hotel suites. It needs roughly 2.6 metres of clear length and a metre of width to work in, plus room to stand at the ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe also place these with instructors building a home practice, and with clients recovering their mobility who want daily access rather than twice weekly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Cheaper per month than two studio classes a week, and it never runs out of slots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Try the habit before you commit to owning a reformer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Talk to us about purchase later if it becomes permanent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Align Pilates C8 Pro rents for 1,297 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, installation and setup are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTell me the room and I will confirm it fits before anything is booked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Align Pilates C8 Pro reformer, Noir black\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Frame: oversized aluminium profile\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Size: 244cm (L) x 66cm (W) x 26cm (H)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- With leg extensions: 240cm (L) x 66cm (W) x 44cm (H)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Standing height: 240cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Carriage travel: 106.5cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Carriage bed: 92cm (L) x 58cm (W)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Springs: 5, in three strengths (2 light, 2 medium, 1 strong)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Footbar: 4 positions including flat\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Headrest: 3 positions\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rope risers: removable, 7 height positions\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Carriage: 8 wheel system on anodised aluminium runners\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Machine weight: 66 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 150 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether you want a reformer or a full studio setup with a half cadillac? Message me and I will tell you what most people actually use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Align Pilates C8 Pro is 1,297 AED per month including VAT, delivered and installed, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49174905061559,"sku":null,"price":1297.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/PAPREFORMERC8N_4-scaled.jpg?v=1789319446"},{"product_id":"golf-simulator-rental-dubai","title":"Golf Simulator Rental. Play Real Courses Without Leaving Home","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGolf Simulator Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA complete simulator studio, delivered and calibrated in your villa. Launch monitor, enclosure, impact screen, short throw projector, hitting mat and course software, set up as one working system rather than a box of parts you have to solve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eI spent years in the golf business before fitness, so I will be straight with you about what these do well. Ball data and shot shape are genuinely accurate on a good unit. Practice on one and your ball striking improves, because you get numbers on every swing instead of guessing. Course play is the fun part, but the range mode is what actually lowers your handicap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe other honest point. From May to September, playing eighteen holes here is a physical test rather than a pleasure. A simulator gives you the summer back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is in the package\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Launch monitor: captures ball speed, launch angle, spin, carry and shot shape, plus club path and face data, so practice sessions give you real feedback.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Enclosure and impact screen: full width screen in a braced frame with side barrier netting, so a thinned wedge stays in the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Short throw projector: mounted and aligned to fill the screen without you walking through the beam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Commercial hitting mat with putting turf: firm enough for real contact, forgiving enough for your wrists.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- PC and simulation software: course play, driving range, practice modes and shot tracking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Full installation and calibration, and a walkthrough so you are actually using it on day one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe space you need\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the part people get wrong, so read it before you enquire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ceiling height: 3 metres is comfortable. 2.9 metres is the realistic minimum and taller players with a driver will still catch it. Below that, do not.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Width: 3.5 metres so you can swing freely, more if a left hander and a right hander both use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Depth: 4.5 metres, to allow the screen, your stance and the projector throw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround floor rooms, garages converted into gyms, and majlis rooms all work well. Send me a photo and the measurements and I will confirm the fit before anything is booked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost of our simulator clients fall into three groups. Serious golfers who want to keep a swing through the summer. Families where the simulator becomes the room everyone ends up in. And businesses running client days, where a simulator does more for a relationship than a meeting room ever will.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is also the single most effective way to get better without burning four hours per round. Thirty minutes of range mode, twice a week, with numbers on every shot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- A comparable studio setup is a serious purchase. Renting puts it in the room this month instead of next year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rent it for the summer and hand it back when the season turns, or keep it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, professional installation, calibration and setup are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for villas, corporate offices, client events and brand activations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Talk to us about purchase later if it becomes permanent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If something develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe golf simulator rents for 4,999 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. Delivery, installation, calibration and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation takes a few hours and we survey the room first, so this one is booked rather than dropped off. We hold limited units, so availability is first come.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShort term hire for a tournament, a corporate day or an activation is also available. Ask me for event pricing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Launch monitor: ball speed, launch angle, spin, carry, total distance, shot shape, club path and face data\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Screen: full width impact screen in a braced enclosure with side barrier netting\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Projector: short throw, ceiling or floor mounted, aligned on install\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Hitting surface: commercial hitting mat with putting turf\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Software: course play, driving range and practice modes with shot tracking\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Minimum ceiling height: 2.9 metres, 3 metres recommended\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Minimum room width: 3.5 metres\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Minimum room depth: 4.5 metres\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Power: standard domestic socket\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTell me your ceiling height, your room size and whether you want it mainly for practice or for course play, and I will tell you honestly whether it is worth doing in your space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe golf simulator is 4,999 AED per month including VAT, delivered, installed and calibrated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the equipment you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49174906896567,"sku":null,"price":4999.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/SwingBay-Enclosure-Golf-Simulator-Package-5x5-mat-front-view_2048x_09c60469-78ff-429a-8c05-c86d3270f025.jpg?v=1789321359"},{"product_id":"exxentric-kbox-5-lite-rental","title":"Exxentric kBox 5 Lite Rental. Flywheel Strength In One Box","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExxentric kBox 5 Lite Starter System Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the kBox 5 Lite, the flywheel trainer that professional clubs, national teams and elite physiotherapists have quietly been using for years. There is no weight stack and there are no plates. Resistance comes from a spinning flywheel, and the harder you pull, the harder it pulls back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe reason serious coaches care about it is eccentric overload. On a normal squat, the lowering phase is easier than the lifting phase. On a kBox it is the opposite. The flywheel gives you more force on the way down than you produced on the way up, and that is the single strongest stimulus for building strength and for protecting hamstrings, knees and Achilles tendons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is also the most portable serious strength tool made. The platform is 10 kg and slides under a bed. No noise, no dropped weights, no floor damage, which is why it works in apartments where a rack never would.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant, please read before enquiring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis rental rate is for individuals and households only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt does not apply to sports teams, clubs, academies, national squads, or to events and activations of any kind. Those are priced separately and usually involve multiple units, delivery to venue, and on-site support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are a team or an event, message me and I will quote you properly. It is a different conversation and a better one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Eccentric overload on every rep: more force coming down than going up, which no dumbbell can give you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Resistance that matches your effort: strong reps feel heavy, tired reps feel lighter, so you train hard without grinding into failure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- kMeter feedback built in: power and force per rep, live on your phone, so you can actually see whether today was a good session.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Adjustable inertia from 0.005 to 0.200 kgm2: the same box suits a rehab client and a heavy squatter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- A 10 kg platform that does the work of a rack: squats, deadlifts, rows, curls, rotations, hamstring work and single leg work off the ankle cuffs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Silent and floor friendly: nothing to drop, nothing to crack a tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost people who rent one fall into two groups. Athletes and serious trainers who already know what a kBox does and want one at home for a block of work. And people coming back from a hamstring, knee or Achilles problem whose physio has told them to do eccentric work properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits apartments as well as villas, because it is quiet and takes up less floor space than an armchair. Twenty minutes, three times a week, is a real strength programme on this machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you have never used one, say so when you message me. It takes about fifteen minutes to learn and we will walk you through it on handover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- A kBox is a specialist purchase. Renting lets you run a training block or a rehab phase without owning one forever.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, setup and a handover walkthrough are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Ideal for home strength work, rehab phases and small private studios.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Talk to us about purchase later if it becomes permanent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Exxentric kBox 5 Lite Starter System rents for 2,997 AED per month, including VAT. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery, setup and a handover walkthrough are included, normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis rate is for individual and household rental. Sports teams, clubs, academies and events are quoted separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Model: Exxentric kBox 5 Lite, Starter System\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Included: kBox 5 Lite platform, angle adjuster, flywheels, hip belt, kGrips, kBar, ankle cuffs\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Platform top surface: 73cm x 43.5cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Footprint: 81cm x 51cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Height: 21cm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Platform weight: 10 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Flywheel inertia range: 0.005 to 0.200 kgm2\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Performance tracking: kMeter built in, live feedback to your phone\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- kBar rated to 200 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e- Power required: none, it is entirely mechanical\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether a kBox suits what you are training for, or coming back from an injury and want to know if this is the right tool? Message me and I will tell you honestly, including when the answer is no.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kBox 5 Lite Starter System is 2,997 AED per month including VAT for individual and household rental, delivered and set up. Teams and events are quoted separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003eP.S. Fall in love with it? You may not have to give it back. In many cases you can buy the machine you are renting. Ask me for a straight price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49179697545399,"sku":null,"price":2997.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/KB4LS-KboxLiteStarterSystem.jpg?v=1789376657"},{"product_id":"sole-f63-zwift-treadmill-rental-dubai","title":"Sole F63 + Zwift Rental. Treadmill Runs You Actually Look Forward To","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSole F63 + Zwift Treadmill Rental in Dubai\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost home treadmills do not fail because they break. They fail because they are boring. A few weeks in, the machine becomes somewhere to hang the washing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is our Sole F63 set up with Zwift, the virtual running world. You run island roads, climbs and city streets on screen, with real people from around the world running alongside you. Zwift's Watopia island is always open, with virtual London, New York, Paris and other worlds on a rotating schedule. Suddenly there is somewhere to get to and someone to catch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou do not need to work anything out. We deliver the treadmill, set up your free Zwift account, pair it to your iPad, phone, laptop or Apple TV and do a test run with you before we leave. Running on Zwift is free, so there is no subscription to add.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not just take my word for it. Here is what The Running Channel found when they tried it:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/zQOvT14yFEI\" title=\"Virtual Running With Zwift\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat you'll notice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Somewhere to be: routes, landmarks and other runners give every session a reason to keep going.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Your real speed on screen: the F63 connects to Zwift over Bluetooth, so the pace you see is the belt you are running on. No clip-on pods to charge or calibrate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Structure when you want it: guided workouts and training plans, or just pick a route and run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Group runs and events through the week, so there is always someone to run with.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- The proven F63 underneath: 3.0 CHP motor, Cushion Flex deck and 15 incline levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Tablet holder on the console, or put the run on your TV through Apple TV.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow it fits into real life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRun 5k through a virtual rainforest at 6am while it is already 34 degrees outside. Join a group run at lunch between calls. Chase a personal best on a Friday morning without sitting in traffic to get to a gym.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits runners who gave up on treadmills because of boredom, anyone training for a winter race through the Dubai summer, and people who will push harder for a game than for a plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe machine underneath\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZwift only works if the treadmill does. The F63 is the best treadmill nobody brags about, built by a company whose machines are known for still working properly in year five. Here is what an independent reviewer found:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/M8yRImwDd_o\" title=\"Sole F63 Treadmill Review\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy rent instead of buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Find out whether Zwift turns you into a treadmill runner before buying anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- No large upfront payment, and month to month after the first month.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation, Zwift setup and a test run are handled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance and normal equipment faults are handled by Gym Fit Out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Upgrade to a bigger machine later if you outgrow it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Return it anytime after the first month if life changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Gym Fit Out Promise\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- No deposit is normally required on individual machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Month to month after the first month. No long contracts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Delivery, installation and setup are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maintenance is on us. If a machine develops a fault, we repair or replace it, and your rental is paused while it is out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Swap or upgrade your equipment as your needs change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Rented two months or more? You are a VIP, and we can often pause your rental while you travel, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRental details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sole F63 with Zwift rents for 949 AED per month, including VAT. That includes delivery, installation, your Zwift account set up and paired on your device, and a test run with our crew. Minimum rental period is one month, then month to month. No deposit is normally required. Delivery is normally within 24 to 48 hours depending on availability and location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou will need a screen for Zwift: an iPad, iPhone, Android tablet or phone, a Mac or Windows laptop, or an Apple TV. Tell me which one you will use when you book and we will have everything ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot sure whether it will fit your room? WhatsApp me a photo and the approximate measurements and I will tell you honestly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Model: Sole F63, set up for Zwift\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Motor: 3.0 CHP\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Running surface: 51cm x 152cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Incline: 15 levels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Console: backlit LCD with tablet holder\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Connects to Zwift: yes, over Bluetooth\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Zwift account: free running account in your name, set up at delivery\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Screen: your own iPad, phone, laptop or Apple TV\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Maximum user weight: 147 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Machine weight: approximately 105 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Folding: yes, with soft-drop assist\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 40px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalk to Tim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are unsure whether Zwift is for you, or whether you need one of the bigger Sole models, message me and I will give you a straight recommendation based on who is running and how often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sole F63 with Zwift is 949 AED per month including VAT, delivered, installed and set up, normally within 24 to 48 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e058 526 4552\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\"\u003ehttps:\/\/wa.me\/971585264552\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTim\u003cbr\u003eFounder, Gym Fit Out\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eP.P.S. Clients who rent with us for two months or more become VIPs. If a VIP is heading off on holiday, we can often pause the rental and restart it when you are back. It is not always guaranteed, but we say yes whenever we can, so tell us before you fly. Subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin-top: 28px; font-size: 12px; opacity: 0.7;\"\u003eZwift is a trademark of Zwift, Inc. Gym Fit Out is not affiliated with or endorsed by Zwift. Running on Zwift is free as of September 2026, and Zwift sets its own pricing and features.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Gym Fit Out","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49262077804727,"sku":null,"price":949.0,"currency_code":"AED","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0436\/6709\/5717\/files\/OZryeBGnTVwodcEkU5iIT.jpg?v=1790684977"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.gymfitoutdubai.com\/collections\/rent.oembed?page=3","provider":"GymFitOut ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}